Skip to main content

Full text of "Super specials : no. 4 : for radio, convention and wherever new special songs are needed"

See other formats


to the jnii bon. 

— TYTTT 



No. 00 Do You Help Others? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
E.A. E. in "Super Specials No. 5" Ella Allen Edmiaston 



^ppiippi^te 



fvR= 



=}==£= 



1. Do you walk with the Lord in the light of His word, Do you trust in His 

' 2. In this world's shifting throng, as you journey a - long, There are aching hearts 

3. By a neigh-bor - ly deed you may fill some life's need, As the Sav-ior has 

■A— A— »— A — A— i A- 



£-- 



£ 



*M 



hi U .~lz~ 



£fe£ 



r=f=^ 



-dz 



^H 



=t 




S 



3^-Jtetrw-- S-S-t* 1 ^ 



M!M= 



pow - er to save; Are you spreading the call of sal - va-tion to all, 
bur-dened with care; On the wea - ri-some road you may light-en their load, 
shown you the way; Then when time has passed by and the end draw-eth nigh, 



m 



e 



A~ A _ -A — A— A-i-A— A— 1» A -, 

t— I^Fr=&-t^- tt::=t = h = h:::=:, 



« 






Chorus 









^ U5 V * ^ ^ ^ 



T?~ 






Thus ful - fill - ing the mis - sion He gave. 
Shar-ing cross-es that each one must bear. 
There'll be light at the close of the day. 

-A-W 



Do you walk with the Lord, 



^-g ^r-T B — I 1- L £ 






:S=S^t 



££ 



fc 



£ 



:p=S= 




-J* 






in the light of His word, Do you help oth-ers on life's rough way; Do you 



l£r£ff-r-f=p 








f-fti 

cheer them along.making glad their hearts' 8ong,Turning shadows of nignt in-to day? 



U U 





UPEB 
FECIALS 

No. 5 



For Radio, Convention and Wherever New Special 
Songs Are Needed 



AUTHORS: 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 
Luther G. Presley 
W. Lee Higgins 
W. A. McKinney 
Dwight Brock 
B. B. Edmiaston 
Emory S. Peck 
W. M. DeVaughan 
Ernest Rippetoe 
Lonnie B. Combs 
Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough 
Chas. E. Moody 



V. O. Fossett 
Albert E. Brumley 
L. D. Huffstutler 
Homer P. Morris 
Thos. J. Farris 
Marion W. Easterling 
W. Allan Sims 
John L. Shrader 
Walter Rippetoe 
C. C. Stafford 
Pledger B. Jones 
E. M. Baygents 



a, 

1 1 h 






Frank H. Stamps y^ 
Eugene Wright y^^ 
J. B. Coats ^ 
W. W. Combs 
G. T. Speer 
Robt. E. Arnold 
Wilbur Wilson 
J. E. Roane 
Chas. R. Woods 
Joe Roper 
S. E. Reed 
G. E. Wright 



Price: 
50 cents a copy; $2.00 for five copies 

• 

Order from 

% 

STAMPS-BAXTER MUSIC AND PRINTING COMPANY 
Dallas, Texas — Pangburn, Arkansas — Chattanooga, Tenn. 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music and Printing Company 



No. 1-A 



The Old Gospel Ship 



Arr. 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Arr. J. R. Baxter, Jr. 

El * 







« 



£i» 



1. I'm gon - na take a trip in the good old gos-pel ship, Christ the Lord has 

2. I know I won't be late for I Ta-bor, watch and wait, Lift my voice to 

3. I'll tell and sing the news, bidding men no more re-fuse To be made with 

4. My loved ones gone be-fore now a- wait me on that shore, Soon I'll join them 



13** 




paid my fare;I'll hear the trumpet sound and I'll leave this sin-ful ground, 
God in pray'r; He'll hear my fee-ble plea and will bid me come and see, 
Christ an heir, I know He's com-ing soon, it may be at night or noon, 

o - ver there;For when my ship comes in then my voy-age will be -gin, 




I'll go sail - iog thru the air. I'm a-gon-na take a trip on the 




good old gos-pel ship, I'll go sail -ing home on high; I'm a-gon-na 





^fe^ ^^^ffi^^y i 



shout and sing, hear the heav'nly mu-sic ring, When I bid this world good-by. 







11 " c r I 



No. 1 I'll Be Gone 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Beulah Lackey in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



te 



3± 



m 



^k 



■5t 



m 



w 



*rrr^i 



;s=ss»3=g=* 



I'll be gone, I'll be gone, When you wake up in the 
I'll be gone, I'll be gone, 

eft- 



^^E^*^^m 



f.r r iKt- 



m 



^-Mk — k — fcK-^-fcc — ^ — y- 





fc£ 



=EE 



N N 



*h£- 



£=a|— ±zH 



*=*=* 






1. For I know He's coming soon, it 
2. dear sin - ner kneel and pray and 
yes, I'll be gone;3. Man - y loved ones will be there, all 



morn-ing I'll be gone; 



feg ± gqg gto^Eteg q 



*m 



I— E g | * ^ ====: ^ — p = ^ = == ^ = r D D" — P 1 — U — b — t- 



D.S.— For I know He's coming soon and 






may be morning, night or noon, 

let Him wash your sins a - way, When you wake up in the morn-ing I'll be 

dressed in robes so bright and fair , 



&=!*=£ 






£=£ 






we're the Bride and He's the groom, 
Fine Chorus 



1 VUDIUB ^ 



$=£■ 



^^T- 



Al. A l 



. I'll be _ 



gone. I'll be gone, yes, I'll be 

yes, I'll be gone. I'll be gone, yes, I'll be gone, 



1 



m 



ft- — >-rg e* 






M- 



D.S. 



^M^y^ ^a ^j!-4Hj 



P 



Frfrf 



gone, When you wake up in the morn-ing I'll be gone; 



yes, I'll begone; 






= fe^-tr-T-r - g^f = ? =fr=i' =i^g=^ 



£=£=«!=£ 



No. 2 God's Rainbow In the Sky 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
T.H.S. in "Super Specials No. 5" Thurman H. Smith 



mMfUi&um wm 



1. No - ah's fam - 1 - ly was hap - py when the to - ken came, As they looked 

2. When the dove came with an em-blem that the storm was o'er, God placed a 

3. When I doubt the promise of the glo - ry land a - bove,There is the 




on the rain-bow in the sky, in the sky; 
shin - ing rain-bow in the sky, in the sky; 
shin-ing rain-bow in the sky, in the sky; 



God's great prom-is-es to 
'Twas a bless-ed prom-ise 
God's re - mind-er of His 



g^ 



-* — A- 






si 



$$=$$ 



p 



£ 



**• 



*=# 



r^ 



F 



-y — th 






y u u y u . , 

D.S.— Heav-en's mes-sage to us 






«-^ -J- V ^ ^ 



1 



you and me are just the same, He placed a 
that the flood would be no more, God placed a 
cov - e - nant and death-less love, He placed a 

J A * 



shin - ing rain-bow in the 
shin - ing rain-bow in the 
shin - ing rain-bow in the 



1 P? ^ 



■ : g ,-— ■ 



13=^ 



a to - ken from on high, God placed a 
Fine Chorus 



fcC^# = * = W^ to 



shin - ing rain-bow in the 



1 



*tt*VG r - u-g 



sky. Shin-ing rain-bow in the sky, 

in the sky. God placed a 



in the sky, 



i 



I 



it- f -r-i *-- 



§S 



WZ1=M2 



*=*c 



^ 



^=F 



D.S. 



f< 



if ^C ^ H 3^ u * *i 



i 



** 



b 



We shall live and nev - er die; 
He prom-ised nev- 

. . . iJtLl 



\> Si v v l> \i 

er die, hal - le - In - jah, 



§ 



*— *- 



4* 



S 



f=F 



F 1 



No. 3 



E.W. 



Jesus Will Garry You Thru 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Eugene Wright 



b-b 



JL i H J- J|H, |-..fe M 



H 



WY f 



3 



^=3 w 



±4 



f 



-d— *— -*— J- 



1. When things go wrong just press right a - long, Je-sua will car - ry you 

2. Tho friends for -sake and trou - bles o'er -take, 

3. Foes may as - sail but right shall pre - vail, will 



m^^ 



£ 



£L 



££=£ 



■M^ 



m 



^irrnrf 



K=?=t 



fc+ 



£== 



5fc 



: »-#3 



f-d- x - b N^tfe ^ 



§ 



3=2 



r^f 1 



i:— «f- 



thru; 



Trust Him, and smile 'twill brighten each mile, 
Cast off all care and do not de-spair, Je-sus will 
car - ry you thru; Hold - ing His hand, the storms you'll withstand, 



£=^U 




car - ry you thru. Je - sus will car - ry you thru, 

will car - ry you thru. will car - ry you thru, 



fe^jfeTj J 



iilip^l^iii^ 



pj j 



:=* 



rr 



^^ 



+-K- 



^£ 



* 



^=* 



~j*-b^-— * ^ ■»< j 



g ' r d 8 ^ 



Just what He prom-ised He'll do; ~ Just put your soul in His 

He will do, so 



artfmf j ^f.imfffh 




bless -ed con-trol, Je - sus will car - ry you thru. 

and will car-ry you thru. 



Eg 



r r , ♦ 



jjjgij 



*L 



* 



T 



3 



No. 4 



P.B.J. 



A Beautiful Home 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Pledger B. Jones 

h 




IKS 



1. There is a bright land far o - ver the sea Where loved ones now wait for 

2. No won-der we love to sing of that land, Its joys to at - tain, with 

3. I'm go-ing up there some won-der-ful day,With those gone be-fore for- 



m—m- 



=£=£ 



£ 



$ 



llg: 



mVrf^ ^f^ 



i^i* 



m 



^^ 



=^=F 



KM£i— £--£= £ 



yon and for me, A beau - ti - ful home, the heav - en - ly goal, Where 
an - gels to stand; No won - der we plead for sin-ners to come That 
ev - er to stay; I'm go - ing to live with Je - sus my King, With 



m§^m± ii^f^i4M =£ 



£ 



i e t 'H * 



f=f=^ 



Chorus 




Je - sus a - waits to wel-come the soul. 

they too may share the joys of that home. A beau - ti - ful home so 

all the re-deemed glad prais-es to sing. 

s -m- 



^P 



g j— P 



x!Vp u — s? r -p-^- 



fc=jE 



^=r 



5*#=g=g=fi^^ | 



&\> ft A f* 



^S 



d=£=£ 



5fe 



w 



^*r 



-£—*- 



— ib gr 



Al- Al - 



3= 3=3 



w 



bright and so fair.Its mansions are decked with jewels so rare, And Je-sus has 

r'.r: » 



fctekizl 



- trr^ 



I 



££ 



4 Mr-int 



g=£ 



5 



r-\> n rs 



^H ^Mf^ 



F=FfT 







gone me one to pre -pare, All glo - ry to Him, I'm go-ing up there. 



-1—1— u 



s 






r- 



No. 5 



Sunrise Is Goming 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
M. E. in "Super Specials No. 5" Margaret English 

Slow 



wm 



5: 



5± 



:sM: 



f-aN-ad= 



^±*I 



M-fyg 



1. Lord, 
2. Lord, 
3. Lord, 



-m m m m 

-9- -♦- -#«- 

Lord, When will the sun - rise come? 
Lord, When will the night be thru? 
Lord, When shall we see Thy face? 



S& 



i 



*=g 



feg — i — g — l r~ g 



EBi 



f?- 8 -*- 



p^ 



^ 



a 



s^=^ 



-zst- 






^h-=a±a=J 



Lord, When will the sun - rise come? 
Lord, When will the night be thru? 
Lord, When shall we see Thy face? 



Lord, 
Lord, 
Lord, 



§SE 



;£=£ 



>- -I©-' 



mm 



}c=*=* 



5*t=^ 



tz 



Chorus Faster 



p 



1^=^ 



i 



£ 



£=H* 



3E£ 



■fr J A f 



^=5: 






S 



Sun - rise is com - ing when the saved reach home, When dawns that 

e - ter-nal, 

7Jt 






*=£ 



=*=F=* 



«1 N* 

1 «R^ 



^ 






ffi 



morn-ing no more sor-row will come; All will be joy and glad-ness 

for-ev - er; 



gaglzf 



!+— J*" 



. . ,- »_:!_* 






^|-p-^-trc ^zg JlJxi-^ 



te 



fei 



is 



1 



33^ 



*r^ l ; ^ F 7 r 



on that bright shore, Sun-rise for-ev - er - more 

in glo-ry, ev - er-more, for-ev -er-more. 



& 



rkg=E=fa^ EEgEg 



p 



fci 



1-=* 



{*-£ 



^ 



No. 6 III Soon Take a Trip 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Walter C. Carter in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert E. Brumley 

ft 




gffig 



1. I oft take a trip to scenes of my child-hood.... 

2.1 oft take a trip where mother kept kneeling 

3. I oft take a trip where daddy grew fee - ble, 



•a 






-=1 — *■ 



-=»—*- 



^tet 



ft-ft- 



iS 



=£3 



d=e 



gEgL K lpI^ 



3-a-ar* 



=£3 



^ 



Where nothing but love . , 
And pray-ing to God,. 
For man-y a year. 



W*t* 



*■* 



Mk 



.was giv-en to me, Today there's a 

.with heaven in view, To save me from 

.he toiled for his own But close to his 



Al a! a ! j f F- 



F=»ft 



■^ — S- 1 - 



±=L 



-=1— *- 



^ 



rtrtnrfr 



D.S.— no sor-row or tears; To sing and re- 



» 



* 



I 



5=* 



3S3E£ 



-ft 



3f3 ~- 1- * p* 



# ~ fr 



•3: /» L»_^ r ~*r~ 

change and noth - ing seems nat - ural Ex-ceptthat old 

shame and make me a Chris-tian, To show my lost 

side a help-mate was with him, To-day they both 

ft ft ft I K ft ft ft ^ 



m 



s=^ 



2Qrt£ 



&m 



*-*- 



.1 .i — i — 



-a] jJ Sa iKS 



a! a ] a ] a 1-a1-a} 



3 Nf-J 



joice, where home is not bro-ken, With moth - er and 

Fine Chorus k 

ft h P j , w^ 



-J J J — g-L _ — M — 44 — ——La. 



3 1: ^ L-W- J 3 S - 



E^^ 



ro^rr 



spot of sweet memo-ry . T . T . 7. IT . I'll soon take a trip, , 

soul a Sav-ior so true 

reap good seed they have sown .... I'll soon take a 

r* f i iv- - _ j jv* " 



pgg 



zsbaE 



£=£ 



*& 



-h *- [*£££! 






dad thru unumbered years. 






^ 



P P J , 



D.S. 



1 



st* 






*^tS 



-fc- 5 - 



a trip up to glo-ry, Where joy is com-plete, 

trip, a trip up to glory, Where joy is complete, 

-#->=->*- ftftftft ft 



No. 7 I'm Stepping Along 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L.G. P. in "Super Specials No. 5" Luther G- Presley 



$£f0 






£ 



EpE^E3E3 



-fV3- 



1. There is a beau-ti-ful ci - ty wait-ing yon-der a-bove, 

2. In God's sweet heaven the flowers bloom and nev-er de-cay, 

3. I'll be no stran-ger to Jesus when I stand in that place, Sweet home of 




Won-der-ful beau-ty rare; 



U t> $ " i) 

Where all the hosts of heav-en 
When life is o - ver I'll be 
land of joy su-per-nal, For He redeemed me by His 



^jj^ 



£ 



£ 



EEEEEEEr 



PP 



=E^ 



m 



-**- 



— *- 



m 



*=±=^ 



Fine Chorus 



^h^ H^^3 



Si 



tr=t 



--P-=i — x- 

*< — 



t > ;■< 



v 



-&S0- 



ff 



sing of His love, And some glad morning I'm go • ing there, 

mov - ing a - way,For some glad morning I'm go - ing there, 

won-der-ful grace, And some glad morning I'm go - ing there. yes, I'm 

m • 1 * 



£#*e£ee 



^=E4fcfe 



m 



m 



v— tr-p 

D. S.— The joy of heav-eu is in my soul. 




*^fi-mtr^ 



I'm stepping a - long, 

stepping a-long, stepping a-long, Since I have 



Z b 

Giv - en the Lord con- 



m 



e*=c -» . i f r* g=s 




y?=e=£ 



£Sp 



-=»— X- 



rfe 



J: 



fi 



I^£ 



xix 



^r t g r ^~ s ^ r ^ r j | g c 



^ 



trol; His love is my song, • 

Lord control, His precious love is my song, won-der-ful song, 

x -i X X -a- -a- -*- 



f rf 






ifc^g 



I 






£ 



No. 8 



L. B. C. 



I Am Going to that Land 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Lonnie B. Combs 

A. * 




1. I am go - ing o - *er yon - der to the land that's bright and fair, 
2.0 I long to see my Sav-ior and to praise His won-drous love, 
3. My dear Lord has saved my soul and giv - en me a hap - py song, 




Where sweet mu - sic rings so" glad and free, so free; In thatlove-ly coun-try 
When the la-bors of this life are o'er, are o'er; It will be a hap-py 
And it rings with - in my heart al-way, al -way; While I'm here I'll nev - er 




FtrlT-tr-Ftr 

D. S. — We shall sing the 




peace and glad-ness are be-yond com-pare, And my friends are waiting there for 
meet-ing when at last we're called a-bove, Where the storms of earth can come no 
cease His glad-some prais-es to pro-long, Then I'll praise Him in the land of 

-m — i* — A 



e£ 



prr-rt-?= £^££ 



<*—£—«- 
£=>=*: 



g 1 - -b- — I L g — | r — I h— - ■ I L ~£ 



"IT 

praise of Je - sus while the a • ges roll, In the home that shall for - ev - er 
Fine Chorus i j r\ 



3 



1 



S^^ 



^==* 



~r r~r 



Soon I'll go 



to that e - ter - nal land, 



me, , for me. 
more', no more, 
day, bright day. I am go - ing to that land, 



gg^g 



£ 



s 



& 



* 



*t 



stand, 'twill stand. 






.s. 



: P 



^ 



There to join the ho - ly, hap-py band; 

There to join the ho - ly band; re - joic - ing, 



« 



"PP-C 



£ 



§1 



*y 



* 



? 



i 



No. 9 



All My Troubles Will Be Over 



SPIRITUAL » 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W.W.C. in "Super Specials No. 5" W. W. Combs 





i— s-fgH ^ a m 



"=3s£ 



1. Get-ting my tick-et, read-y to go to that heav'nly land of song, Where 

2. While I am wait-ing glad-ly I work,sing-ing as I watch the time, Soon 
3.1 will be read-y, waiting to go, glo - ry train will come some day, Then 




l^^ilpp^^i^^ 



Tick-et is paid for, 'twill not be long 
all my trou-bles will be o - ver; Passengers waiting down the main line, 

Whi3tle isjblow-ing, bet-ter_make way, 






1r-y~t3-tr 






^^'f * 



till I'll join the ransomed throng, Then 

train is com-ing right on time Then all my trou-bles will be 

won't have long to watch and pray , Till 



r-f-*- 



ver. 




Will be o - ver, will be o - ver, Yes, all my troubles will be 



ver; 




Will be o - ver, will be o - ver, Then all my troubles will be 



o - ver. 



mm 



f=F 



t-s- 



£=£=£ 



i 



r U S \> F > 



I tj T F tTt? 



I 



No. 10 



L. E. I. 



I Am Goin& Up to Heaven 

Dedicated to Mrs. Mae Anderson 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
in "Super Specials No. 5" 



H*JJ i f p-r-jJi 



m 



L. E. Ivey 



^=fnzfv 



5 



^ 



W 



=** 



3fz3»ZZ*t 



5 



ah-al- 



^-SF^FS 



■mi m —mr 



"** 



1. I am go - ing up to heav-en, it will not be ver-y long Till I 

2. I am go - ing up to heav-en where a man-sion waits for me, It will 

3. When my work on earth is end-ed and my life-crown has been won, I shall 

A ■ r*. 



A++ 






i 



=t 



*m 



fcfc 



& 






ft — ft — ft— A 



i 



=a 



f=je 



"t).^ ** 



t£ 



-^ — ■*- 



trv 



m* 



meet my lov-ing Sav-ior and the happy blood-washed throng; Holding with my 
be a great re - un- ion of the hap-py, saved and free; the time is 
sing the praise of Je-sus while the end-less a - ges run; I am wait-ing 

ft (5 ft 

M S A, At A A . A.J ^t IT ■ 



: £=£ 



HE^s=b=ty^^ 



m 



D.S.— in the home beyond the sky; It will be a 



Itt 



fe^^ ffe 




-El-ML 



Jr^=j=g=3= 



■ ■ ■ 



friends com-mun-ion there around the great white throne, It will be a hap- py 
sure - ly com-ing when I'll lay my burdens down, From the Lord our great Re- 
for His com-ing, when we'll meet Him in the air And go with Him to that 



*4£ 



£ ££> rr r iEfes 



BSE 



4= 



m 



w 



^ 



t=t 



-y — y- 



To the bright e 



2 b 



glad home com-ing when the saints go marching in 
^ Fine Chorus 



the bright e - ter-nal 







meeting when the Mas-ter claims His own. 

deem-er to re-ceive a gold-en crown. 

ci - ty free from sor-row,pain and care. I am go-ing up to heav-en, 



W& 



2* 






& 



m 



t 



ci - ty free from sor-row,pain and sin. 






D.S. 




3=3? 



tTt- 



Where we nev - er more shall die, I shall meet my dear Re - deem-er 



^fe 



*Fff=f 



i i > E ^x 



i 



The Sweetest Gift 



No. 11 

(A MOTHER'S SMILE) 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. B. C. in "Super Specials No. 5" 

-ft- 




M 



Coats 



i^^f^mi' i i ii i 



w 



1. One day a moth - er came to the pris - on To see an er - ring 

2. Her boy had drift - ed far from the fire - side, Tho she had plead - ed 

3. She left this smile, son, you can re - mem-ber, She's gone to heav-en 




but pre-cious son, She told the ward - en how much she loved him, 
with him each night, Yet not a word did she ev - er ut - ter , 
from heart-aches free; The bars a - round you could nev - er change her, 




JJ-f i . 1 J- i, "J 



XT 



Chorus 



*m 



E^= 



i££3 



^^V^r*^-^ 



It did not mat-ter what he had done. Bring to him 

That told the heart-aches, her smile was bright. 

You were her ba - by and e'jjr will be. She did not bring him pa-role or 

A— A- 



b b b i^tP 



£^£ 



*—*■ 



fffi 



: r=r 



Utal 



i^ 



**—*- 



■ 5 t— «- 



-Al-si £. 



zt-m 



rrr 



r^-c f^r rrff- 



[O 



par 
par 



I* 

don,free, Bro't no gold, none to see; 

don, She bro't no sil - ver, no pomp or style; It was a 



m£ 



I 



tf=r 



£ 



F#f 



L 1 X - 



■*— *- 



r^Ff 



^— *- 



1 A _ A K ^_ -^ - 4] #J- ~ ' A ^ ^- -tSJ AH- 



1 



Ha- lo, bright, heav-en's light, The sweetest gift, a mother's smile. 

ha - lo sent down from heav-en, 



K 



PN£ 



^=^ 



-BT-l^ £ l ^-^V^ 



£& 



to'F 



42=5= 






I 



No. 12 



Hallelujah, Praise God Today 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Arr.W. W. in "Super Specials No. 5" Arr. by Wilbur Wilson 




* . rru 

1. We will work .... till Je - sus comes, We will sing and shout the vie - to- 

2. Send the light, .... the bless - ed light, Keep me read - y for the judgment 

3. When the trum - pet sounds up yon-der, I'll be work-ing on the King's high- 




ry, the vie - to - ry; We shall gath - er with the saints at the riv - er, 
day.the judg-ment day; Sim-ply tell me of the sto - ry of Je - sus, 
way, the King's highway; I'll be bring-ing in the sheaves for my Sav - ior, 




m — m — m — f , r ? r ^ , 



Chorus 



PB#^ 



* r c in * 

Bless-ed Bock of A - ges cleft for me, cleft for me. 
I shall be so hap - py on the way, gos - pel way. 
There is sun-light in my soul to - day, yes, to - day. 



Hal - le - lu-jab 



m , t~ t~ . -'g'-+-~P~-g4» £ — te-T- * 1 J * J W ■ r 



P 




praise God to-day, I am bound for the promised land, Seems I 

the promised land, 

rs rs 






Al Aj 



3^5 



tr i u b ' r Vfr-p-fr-r 



fe.kz^z J 



=ft~ 1 A- 



^fe^^lpl 



-K-J-- 



u u 7T"PTT 



hear the bells now ringing, God be with you till we meet a - gain. 

un - til we meet a-gain. 



-A- -j£r- 



4= 



4=^-4= 



p 



*-. j>M JJ 



a 



fc±z 

-t%— i- — 



)=:«=£ 



£ 



lt=t 



fe 



^f-hb JB - L - FTnTT 



No. 13 



Rev. £. A. Hoffman 



Drifting Away 

Virgil O. Stamps, owner 



Virgil 0. Stamps 



SB 



s 



ar ri ri 



Drift- ing a - way, 

1. Drift- ing a - way from Thy love, Drift - ing a- 

2. Drift- ing a - way from the light, Drift - ing a- 

3. Drift- ing a - way from God's grace, Drift - ing a- 



J id J J 



S^ 



T^r-i 



»b4 i r r r^ ^ 



j= 



^ f T 7 



P 



fefe== 



s 3 i 



Dnft-ing a - way, 

way from Thy care, Drift-ing a - way from a life of 

way from the right, Drift-ing a - way from the Cm - ci- 

way from God's face, Drift-ing a • way on the tides of 



J-^-J 



&fe P A 



E 



p 



r - — L V. tpHr? 



p§ 



d== 



3 



3EE3EEg 



■*i +i * 



^^ 



Drift - ing a - way, Drift- ing a - way 

faith A - way from a life of pray'r. 

fied, A - way from His bleed- ing side, 

sin, No God and no hope with - in. 

A A J 



s — . 



r lr r "r I 



-u 



i 



1 



i* 



ft K Chorus II Q' 1.1. 



^=F=J= 



tt 



Drift-mg, Drift-ing, I 

Drift-ing a - way,Drift-ing a - way,Drift-ing a -way from the love of God; 



mM 



^ » . ■ M. 



fc&£ 



£ 



r HHr rrt-r r rr I* Y 



m 



JJTTJ 



i 



SSI 



pi 



l &* 



fff ^-^rr.f 



p 



Drift-ing, Drift-ing, Drift-ing a-way from the cleansing blood. 

Drift-ing a - way, Drift-ing a - way, 

■f*-' f*- _ 4*- ■&■•&- -P- ■£■ ■&- 



^S 



f* 



m 



TiT^ti 



?m 



i 



No. 14 A Wonderful Time in Glory 



T. J. F. 



w 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Thos.J. Farris 

rriijfjijjii ffu n," 

1. I am go-ing some day to the beau-ti - ful ci-ty, Where loved ones are 

2. He will wel-come me home when I cross the dark riv-er, To sing with the 

3. When my work here is done, pearl-y gates will swing o-pen To wel - come me 





wait - ing for me, for me; Where there com-eth no death, neith-er 
an - gel - ic band, bright band; I shall dwell with the saved, free from 
in - to that home, sweet home; Re - u - nit - ed with friends where no 

■# r V-g=-^ 4 19 (9— H* = = <* !* A- 




pain nor sad part ings, For - ev - er with Je - sus I'll be, I'll be. 
sor - row for - ev - er, In heav-en's e - ter - nal fair land, fair land, 
friend-ships are bro-ken, We'll dwell where no sor - row can come, e'er come. 



w^f ^p p£ ^ 4 



£=£ 



^g-j^f 



m 



£=£=^ 



D. S. — The glo - ry of Je - sus, we'll share, we'll share. 



Chorus 



£fe 






p=p 



5 






Won-der-f ul time , 
What a won-der-f ul time o-ver there, In that beau-ti-ful home-land so 



K 



£=£ 



I * j b U-f r 



-*-=- 



+-W- 



T* 



v-ltrp 



-r 



i 



t ^ hN-J hf 



-fV-ft- 



D.S. 



■pJUlf^; 



i 



±^^=s 



r=^ 



— i 1 » aw 



35=^=^=5=5 



Home-land so fair; In that ci-ty a-bove,where the light is e - ter-nal, 
fair; 



^ 3pS=S=j£ 



i i. r-ji- 



innr r y g- 



Pf 



[ t u P 



^M 



No. 15 When the Sun Refused to Shine 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B- B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" W. M. DeVaughan 



fc*=& 



&3EE£E£ 



^ 



£=S 



-=1 — £- 



A: 



3=3 



1. On a hill out - side the gate, rug-ged Cal - va - ry, Mount Calv'ry, 

2. Heaven wept and hid its face, an - gels draw-ing near, to serve Him, 



^ — r 



^-~rf k —f t -^~ 



m$ 



em 



e 



I 



fc 



j£=# 



£=p£ 









There a cross was lift - ed up, that the world might see God's mer - cy 
On - ly wait-ing for the word, read - y to ap - pear, with com-fort; 



l=| 



£ 



m 



I , i x 



m 



g h-ft- 



fctt 



-^— ^ 



^=Hf 



1 U - * u 

D.Srf— Je - sus died in love and mer - cy; 



mm 



mm 



f=st 



T 



W 



*=» 



Je - sus, on the cross di - vine, died to save His foes, from e - vil, 
How can we such love de - cline, care-less - ly go on, re-ject-ing, 



m — f^- 



-=i — £ 



u JTT ITTT 



i— 1»— i 



i u u u 

He a - rose in pow'r di - vine, now the night is gone, for - ev - er, 
fS .. r> I w ^ Fine 




the sun re - fused to shine, sleep-ing saints a - rose, a - rose. 
When the sun re-fused to shine, till He cried, "tis done," tis done. 



i^ ^-f— trt =g 






p 



¥=4i 



5= 



t=*3=0 



-y — *c 



i 



Tho the sun re-fused to shine, heav - en sent the dawn, the dawn. 

Chorus D. S. 

fr-ft- 






I 



-3=*- 



Silence reigned above, 
When the sun refused to shine , in heaven , To redeem your soul and mine , 



m^Mi 



No. 18 



Coming Home to Thee 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. In "Super Specials No. 5" Marion W. Easterling 



k*z3i 



*-%*r- + 



S 



m 



^ — Pv- 



^ fv * 



•ari— ari — ash 



tf 



^-^^ 



1. I was sad, de-spair-ing, go - ing on, not car-ing, 

2. All a - head was sor-row, no more hope to - mor-row, Noth-ing but 

3. Hard the road to trav - el, threads of life un - rav - el, 



SiiE 



Br-=fcr 



«t 



jSjjfejjjgEg 



F=g<=^ 



OlH^^ 



^FF« 



d? b J f» fr fj - 



■ tftg i — f 



s 



«« 






3Ktad- 



^-fi 



u^- 



« 



t/ 



trou-ble could I see; 



tt* 



£££to-!^! 



Then I heard Christ saying Come, my will 
Then I found a Sav-ior, sought His help 
twas sorrow; Shades of night were falling when I heard 



orr- i - 



1 



mm 



ifefc^tt 



S 



^^ #¥fFfff 



Fine Chorus 




o - bey-ing, 

and f a-vor, Je-sus I'm coming home to Thee. 

Him calling, 



Com-ing to the 






Hfff-f 



ntirt^ 



«E 



f^r 







ban-quet spread that iswait-ing just a-head,I've heard my Savior's ten-der 
-0- -m- ^ ^ ^ w _ -m- -m- -m~ -m- -*-hv 



m 



S^s 



s 



^i^l=i=B=^f%=P 



# 



& 




^p^jg^pggj^l 



plea; 



•Com-ing to the feast of song with a hap-py ransomed throng, 



BgfctBffffgi ^^m 



i fe- -fcK— Ik— Ik fcu E l, Ik 



No. 19 Bread On the Waters 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
M.H. M. in "Super Specials No. 5" M. H. McKee 

p . i * 



3^ 



HE 



1 



3S 



s 



-ft _p l AJ . p J *|+S ash 

*■ -i»- -»-• -(•- -•- -•- -*- 



M m a) — a^- har 



7 



1. "Cast thy bread op - on the wa - ters, "This the say - ing of our Lord; 

2. "Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ters,"Wait-ing not to count the cost; 

3. "Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ters, "Keep on trust - ing day by day; 




ad L ai . zx — 5 8 hsF^i 



—ft — p- Tjj . P aT -^-h J aj 
Sir -m- ~m-' -m- -+- -m- -o- 



V V 

"Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ters, "Trust the prom-ise of His word. 

"Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ters,"Nev- er can it thus be lost. 

"Cast thy bread up - on the wa - ters, "Ne'er His word can pass a - way. 



y 1 y b 



:£= 




t=£ 



Chorus 



P ft ft I 



£#=^ 



HE 



=F 



:4=^ 



3tZ 



ir- 



t 



r r r **' ~ * F ^T 

"Bread on the wa - ters, bread on the wa - ters;" 

"Cast thy bread cast thy bread 

-m- S- -m- -m- -m- -m~ 



f-^^^^^s^^^ ^^ 



*£ 



H=t- 



b-M • 1 4 : 



^ 



g^ 



-ad — S- 



JB — ashh g— ^— a g I ad il il W aI I 



Trust the prom-ise of His word, 

blessed word, "Cast thy bread 



l> c b r" 

"Bread on the wa-ters, 






«=* 



c^irrrTT^g ^^ 



p A. a ^ Al — 3Si Al A|. | aI»AI A! a ^ ^ 



I 



SI 



bread on the wa- ters, "It will bring a true re -ward. 

cast thy bread great re-ward. 

IT h 1 1-» — 3 #t 



£=t 



i ^i^^^^^y 



5=5= 



No. 20 



When We Get Home 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Clifford W. Hatcher in "Super Specials No. 5" W. A. McKinney 



* 






4: 



K* 






£ 



fe ^-afe- ^ 







1. There is a home pre-pared for me In glo - ry bright, . 

2. In that sweet home are man-sions bright And Christ Himself . 

3. Won't it .be grand when we get there To be with Him. . 



m 



m 



®e£ 



1 r r " 



m 



e 



-»«-, 



Fir 



^ 



5£ 



i=^t^ 



7^ H 



land of the free, I'm go - ing there. 



some hap - py 

is heav-en 'slight, The gates are pearl, so we are 

who paid our fare, There'll be no deaths no sad good 

fS 



^TTw^ 



£ 



D.S. — We'll be with Christ no more to 

Fine 



35& 



I 



^^ 



£^ 



Z£ 



I fly a - way 

with pur - est gold 

. . . . no tear dimmed eyes 



day. 
told, 
byes. 



.When from this world. 
. And streets are paved . 
. No sor - row there 



-Ju 



& 



£ 



t=: 



£ 



£ 



^=^=g=^=g 



I 



-q— x- 



-PM 



roam, We'll sing His praise when we get home. 



Chorus 



-F*— r* 



J* •m. *4— 



^1 






-S- 



f 



won't it be a hap - py time, 

won't it be a hap - py time 



i"^ 1 J J*- 




JU* J J J' i^ 



D.S. 



P 






TTF 



a 



When we shall dwell in that fair clime; 



When we shall dwell 



in that fair clime; 



f= ^-£-£- g=B =rm 



^=*- 



No. 21 Praise the Love 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
John Jolly in "Super Specials No. 5" Chas. E. Moody 






^ 



? ~n r 



1. I will rise up now and go to work for Him Who gave His life that 

2. I long to hear the bells of heav-en chime And walk a - down the 

3. And the best of all we'll see the smil-ing face Of Him who keeps us 



^ti 



— — rA— A A— - A-jj— — - I 1 A— A A pA A A [ A -, 



i 



£t^=^ : 



»g 



?F^ 



^ 



^^=3^3 



d - :~-*~-l 



fj«g 



I might live, I will love Him more,tho skies a-bove are dim And praise Him 

streets of gold;It is al-ways spring in heaven's sun-ny clime, No one up 

by His love, Sweetest flow-era bloom in that e - ter-nal place, We shall re- 



fcfe 



m± 



fcg 



ggE j ==gzgEg± 



•I 1 F- — F ' W A 1 B **— fc= — *» *• * h = — I 



v 

Chorus 



& 



S3 



£=* 



Si 



i 



for the peace that He doth give. praise the love, 

there will suf - fer from the cold. 

joice when we get home a-bove. Him for the love, praise Him for the love, 

~,J-a ,a -_ r> pr , rfr -fr F F if — J^-3J^ 




-€*- -*- ~ ¥ V 

His love that set the cap-tive free; He reigns a- 

set him free, in heav'n a-bove, 






S^rHr 



$ 



EESES 



^=£=|«3E£ 



*=S 



r 
p-=&. 



fcfc±= 



==£ 



', a P _ n 4 



sag 



*t 



I 



wa r ; -i ■■w 



^d- 



-M 



bove And shall thru-out e - ter - ni - ty. 

reigns in heav'n a-bove e - ter - ni - ty. 




No. 22 Tor the Boys i*n the Service 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. McC. in "Super Specials No. 5" Walter McCord 



^H3 



m 



£S 



M 



m 



^^=p 



^^24*J.tt**4$4 



1. A chair by the fire-side is va - cant To-night as we sit here a - lone, 

2. At eve when the shadows are fall-ing, Inmem-'ry we see you a - gain; 

3. When wars with their trials are o - ver, A vie - to - ry won by and by, 



m 



m 



Sift 



££^£ 



£= ^ i » r \ ~\—r^ ± 



rrrrr] 



±E=t: 



s r 'if r r r - 



Fine 



Q u &* Fine_ 



-feS — i — ^ 



Where oft - en we sat so con-tent-ed While we were to-geth-er at home. 
We pray that our Fa-ther in heav-en Will shield you from dan-ger and pain. 
When gal-Iant-ly home you are com-ing, We'll praise our dear Fa-ther on high. 




4= 1 1 




pff T : F r T = r-r 



D.S.— To wel-come you back to your home. 



^m 



£ 



^m 






<s> w a* d p - a ° 



For our sol-diers in 



the ser - vice, We whis-per now a pray'r, En-treat the 




i 






3 



guard-ian an - 



To ease your load of care; As we pray our hearts are 




D.S. 



^ 



% 



I 



3 



d — g: 



H|k35t 



rJ^eJ 



-*-s- 



-2^32^ 



with you Wher-ev - er you may roam, We're yearning, longing, waiting 



No. 23 



K. E. 0. 



Jesus Is Galling 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Kathleen E. Oneal 




1. Je - sus is call - ing, call - ing to you, You that are wan ■ 

2. Je - sus is call - ing, thru the dark night, You that are grop 

3. Will you not an - swer His ten - der plea, Trust in His word, 

A- A - A- -A- -A- -A-» -A- j g- 



£= 



der - ing 
ing in 
He will 



^ r tr ! = N ^ i^f E r^r i 



I, J J .K^ fa* 



si — SH ±ei — a — *« — ■* — =■* — ="*- 



J= 3rB z a-a_i % 



J. „ ■ 



fctfg 



far a - stray, Out on the moun-tain so bleak and cold, A -way from the 
need of light, Seek-ing to save the lost soul from sin, has - ten to 
set you free, His blood He shed on dark Calv'ry's cross, To save and to 



S& 



£ 



fe 



^^FFFF f 



£ 



p=t 



Chorus 



¥S 



1 



3* 



_p J b- 



^ 



5 



£^=1 



■ g ' g 



r 



:?^*: 



ad A 



Shep • herd and His fold. 

Him and en - ter in. Je - sus is call -ing, yes, call -ing to - day, 

cleanse your life from dross. 



Btfm 'rmirtr&s 



W — 2 •— 



1 



i 



=£=£= 



2=5= 



^=^*=^ 



» g - — 



Hear Hun so ten - der - ly, lov - ing - ly say, "Come un - to me, 

fe. 



m& 



r r r i t £14 1 



I 



1 1 1 — U a a— L— b 



fc— U— te 






*^-A 
I will give you rest, Come un - to me and thou shalt be blest." 



I 



m 



fcsfc 



: £=^ 



i 



::#*: 



^f =[ rrp^ hett 



No. 24 Let Me Hear Again the Story 

Copyright^ 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
G.E.W. in "Super Specials No. 5" G.E.Wright 




1. Let ine hear a -gain the sto-ry of the Sav - ior, How He went in- 

2. Let me hear how He with pow'r the grave did o - pen, How the gloom and 

3. Let me hear you tell how, with the ransomed sing-ing, We shall join with 



B BS 




fctf 



tnr 







■p-'-wt 

to Geth-sem - a - ne to pray To the Fa-ther for the strength and kind-ly 
darkness of the grave is gone; Tell me that the bonds of death and hell are 
all the saved ones gone be-fore; How with ho - ly saints and an-gels' voic-es 



^IJ^ ^N N ^ PNN^i 



Fine Chorus 




fa - vor He would need to tread the rug - ged Calv'ry way. 

bro - ken, Giv - ing us as - sur-ance of e - ter - nal dawn. Let me 

ring - ing, We shall shout and praise His name for-ev - er more. 






D. S.— Till I see Him on that fi - nal judg-ment 




hear it o'er and o'er, this ten • der sto - ry, While I kneel at His dear 



:££ 



I ^Pif ^ BM i 



s=r=£ 



D.S. 



feet to weep and pray; Let me keep the Savior's guid-ing love be-fore me, 



No. 25 



Hear Him Today 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. B. Coats in "Super Specials No. 5" E. M. Baygents 




1. - ver the monn-tain and down thru the vale, Seek-ing to guide those a- 

2. You may think you have no time for the call, "Some oth-er time," you may 

3. Each lit - tie mo - ment when you are a - lone, You know that sin does not 



BB-eS 




tr— r K^ ! — 17 k—v — P — j — 5 — : 



£££=£=£=£ 



^ 



^^ 



«= 



z h-S— fefc= S ^ StZJ f 



2z±:^: 



*=3=ar£=j 



-r g r 

stray, a - stray, God sends an an - gel to speak to your soul, 

say, may say; But when you're read - y the door may be closed, 

pay, not pay; Don't quench the Spir - it, He's call - ing just now, 



I 



:£=£: 



t= 



z» 



f^£± 



£ 



=£ 



-*- 



33 



Chorus 



V** — ^ — ""i — "• 

fc aj s aI aI 



« 



-•a-— /*- 



?=£ 



-P-*> pv- 



^ 



£^ 



*z±at 



-at 



aJ a t- aJ ^ a ! »j 



p 1 

Je-sus is call-ing to- 



i i> i 
Hear Him, hear Him to - day. 

this ver - y day. 



^^ 



a 



£: 



1=1 



^ 



jw-jp- 



s 



IF^ip 



"t — P — tr 

— P— *- 



sn 



-p-£- 



si 



•*=3 



-ad — a- 



r-£T-^? 



-MTT* 



Make not a mo-ment's de - lay; Bus - y man, 

to - day, de - lay; 






hear Him 

fife- 



sin-ner, wher - ev - er you are, Hear Him, hear Him to - day. 

this ver - y day. 



£=fc 



I 



J-3-J. 



^Jrirrn r 



Hil 



H 1 ^ 

v — F-£ 



«= 



\± 



tr* 



No. 26 Better Get Ready 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

J. W. G. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. W. Gosnell 






1. Bet - ter get you read - y now for the judg-ment day, Call up - on 

2. Time is swift - ly pass-ing by, sin-ner,come to - day, Je - bus waits 

3. When the judg-ment morn-ing comes, ev-'ry soul in sin Will be turned 




i CP : *-g^J =*j ^ j 



the Lord to save and to show the way; 
to wel - come you, come with -out de-lay; 
a - way from home, can not en - ter in; 



£ 



He is call - ing 
He will cleanse and 
All the world, both 



i^SiS 



W: 



-rr-f r-r r 



r— r -. 



* 



=? 



* b* bfe b* 

$— % — F — b 

D.S.— Bet - ter fall up 



■ i a E= 533 — ^ i F^- 



1* 



you to come, do not hes - i - tate,Tura a • way from all your sin 
make you whole,trust His prom- ise now, He will guide you safe-ly thru, 
great and small, will be gath-ered there, Bet -ter get you read - y now 



^m 




era 



tr-t7 = r 



on your knees, and be - gin to pray, Bet - ter get you read - y now 



#H 




-V 


Fine Chorus 
-l-v 1 1- 


if-i — j — j- 


1 

=^ — 


-Qhr ?Tr b irfr of ■ 


ere it be 


too 


late. 


on - ly He 


knows 


how. Bet - ter call up • on the Lord 


while you may 


pre - 


pare. 


«H>-J — £ — £- 


=9= 


=J&y, = j 


&%=-!- 


£- 1 


— y — 


— C" •>». ■ jfC? 1 - 



for the judg - ment day. 




While He may be found, Turn your life a - round; 

Bet-ter stop your sin-ful way, 



5Z^ 



s 5 5 r £ =*: 



f r r 1^ 

"• — w — tm — m~ 



I 






No. 27 



Lost Forever 



i 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. M. Cain in "Super Specials No. 5" Robt. R.Christian 



S j I 



s* 






^SE=P 



-g -5 • 



W 



1. You are stand-ing all day i - die, seek - ing not the liv - ing way, 

2. When you're standing in the judg-ment,guil - ty, hope-less and un-known, 

3. You'll be turned a - way from heav - en to the depths of end-less night, 




m 



i 



m 



*= 



9 'D D D E 



t^feM 



h g 



S=B 



=^+ 



i: a ^. 



i> * inrTTT 

And re - ject - ing Christ the Sav - ior,Lord and King, the bless-ed King, 
And you kneel be - fore the courts to plead your case, to plead your case,, 
And the cry for rocks and moun-tains your sad plea; it is your plea; 






m=^ 



L> . U> U b I 

D.S.— You will spend the end - less a - ges in de - spair,yes, in de-spair; 




#1 *1 - -L— iu — 9 — #i — ♦! — =f 



R R H (- 



You re - fuse to trust His prom-ise that you might with Je - sus stay, 
Mer - cy then can - not a - vail you and your pray'rs can't reach the throne. 
Ban-ished from God's ho - ly pres-ence, grief and pain your soul to blight, 





Hope and mer - cy can -not reach you,naught of good can you ex - pect, 

Fine 



1 



21=2: 



:W=3=--£=£ 



;t= 



-*■ -«- 



J ^ z tf 



And with saints and an - gels sweet - est prais - es sing, for - ev - er sing. 
You will have no ad - vo - cate to take your place, to take your place. 
With condemned ones you will spend e - ter - ni - ty, e - ter - ni - ty. 



ES 



*=pc 



-P — m- 



s 



±z 



£=£= 



FF 



tr 



2± 



■U W U V 
But e - ter - nal death and an - guish you must bear, for - ev - er bear. 

Chorus k k k h. D.S. 




Lost for - ev - er in the darkness with the souls who Christ re - ject, 

-A- -A- -A- -vAr- • ~ -A- -A- -A- -A- 



*=t= 



s 



No. 28 



J.L.S. 



Twas Only a Dream 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" JohnL. Shrader 




1. I dreamed I went back to that lit - tie old shack,Where moth-er and 

2. I'm go - ing some day to a land far a - way, I'll meet those gone 

3. Dear moth-er will be yon - der look-ing f or me When I shall cross 




dad and child-ren did dwell; 
on where all will be new; 
o'er the mys - ti - cal tide, 



y y 

So free - ly we talked as to- 
I know I'll find rest in that 
I'll sing the new song with that 




geth-er we walked, Such won-der - ful joy no tongue e'er could tell, 
home of the blest, To - mor-row when all my dreams shall come true, 
heav-en - ly throng, My Sav - ior I'll see when por-tals swing wide. 



i^^d 



X [2 



m 






c=t 



zfc 






r - i— r 



Chorus 



y y 

D.S.— To go to that home where we ev - er shall stay. 




y y i ~^ ~^* r, "* ) " 

'Twas on - ly a dream which I hope comes true, Dear moth-er has 




but I'll see 



y y I 

her some day, So man - y have gone, here are but a 



J- 



I 



E§£ 



IW 



: Tf c 



m 



r-F 



No. 29 When the Books Shall All be Opened 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Johnson Oat man, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" L. D. Huffstutler 



S 



gfFg 



i 






3t=3£=^ 



1. There's a rec - ord that is be - ing kept up yon-der, Of your life from 

2. Things will there be bro't to light long since for-got-ten, Ev - 'ry ac-tion, 

3. Do not wait till then to make your peace with heaven, As your tree of 




date of birth un - til you die; Ev - 'ry deed will there be bro't be-fore the 
ev - 'ry tho't,word,deed or sigh;These will eith-er bring you joy or con-dem- 
life shall fall so it must lie; Trust in Christ and He will lead you to your 



N-A- 



- \—T 



fe& 



rHr-g-g =g=g=g=g= ~^A 



% 



H -I 1 h 



^ 



P=P= 



P=P= 



•zshr-ari- 



* trtr - rj - tr 



Chorus 




-ft — ft— ft— ft 



P3» 



m 



ft 



* 



U-4-^ 



3-^^m rg 



g 



judgment , When the books shall all be opened by and by. When the books 

na - tion, 

mau-sion, When the books 





S 



1z w — » — ■» — p— wfr 



rr^IJ 



i^3 



ft h r^ r» 






« — xi — af- 



iz* 



.aI aI 



t^E^Si 



=W 



3F*f 



shall all be o-pened, At that great, that final judgment in the sky;Are you 



3& 



2j f ^ ^7 -W fer It K.- he hE fee kr 



-«-*-*--* 



CTTTtr b rrr^ 



££ 



^ [ ^ h d— at 



U *> 



J* 



N h 



-* ■ i g h & & r^ g I s g ^ f 



& i — 



^ 



* 



m m w ^ 



3= 



read - y for God's verdict , When the books shall all be opened by and by. 
Are you ready 

■ f*A A A i A A A A — g s a- i 1/rJ-v - 



i^EJ 






No. 30 



Holy Star 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. E. Foreman in "Super Specials No. 5" W.Allan Sims 

IS 



^^m 



Tn~; 



tt 



i 



$ 



m 



1. The Wise Men were glad to see the Star, the Star, Its glo-ry did not fade; 

2. The Shepherds, watching their flocks by night, by night, Rejoiced to hear the song; 

3. The Star , the Song and the Holy Child, God's Child, And then the cruel tree, 




They followed its guiding light a - far, a - far, To the place where the Child was 
And when the glo-ry of God shone bright, shone bright,They beheld heaven's shining 
That all the world, deep in sin de - filed, defiled, Might for-ev - er thru Him be 

a .* * --r"~" 



^z^EJzz^ip^E^^EE^gE ^r'^E Eb 



-*£ 



Chorus 



mm 



£pi — * 






J-J UM * 



^ — ^ — mi — *- 



— r^v-^ 1 



s 



A-- 



Ho - ly Star, 



^T-n^ 



laid. 

throng. 

free. Ho - ly Star, give us Thy light, 



give us light, 



E 



1 



3=fc: 



i fc_ 3-* 






■=*F 



-? 



I 



=fc£ 



ffi 



-gr-al-gr 



-3— £- 






T*" 



Guideusthru dis-mal night; Ho-lyStar, 

And guide us thru the dismal night; Ho - ly Star, 

J 1 1 



y F w 



A^ 



SI U 



fr^P^ 



3=* 



.±L^*LA_r_g-Li - ■ ■ f 



& 



U V * 



** 



4-E-te 



i=ig 



a 



_S3 ift. 



Aj A) Al 



-3— = 



* tj.w "*^ 



efe 



from a-bove, Show us God's great love, 

from heav'n above, For-ev -er the Father's love. 

-i * -_ J J Ji * ^-^-^i r^~4-=B 



^^E^^^^feE 



it* 



2e££ 



1 



No. 31 Life's Journey 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



C. C. Stafford 




1. I'm walk-ing with my Sav-ior ev-'ry day, I know He'll lead me home, While 

2. I'm liv-ing with a pre-cious lov-ing friend Whose fellowship is sweet, He's 

3. I'm go-ing to a ci - ty bright and fair Where man-yman-sionsare, My 

-*- -m- -*■- -m- •»- -m- -m- -■- -iJ- -m- fc ^ 




His com-mands I hon-or and o - bey, My feet shall nev-er roam;He saved. . . .my 
promised me true joys that never end, That loved ones I shall meet;He knows. . my 
Lord and King is rul-er o-ver there, The gates now stand a-jar; Some day. . . I 

£ J J 




soul. ...And made me whole,. . .He'll shine His love-light o - ver life'srough 

needs, . .My soul He feeds, . . .Some day my soul to heav-en shall as- 

know, . .1 there ... .shall go,... I'm un-dernow a ten - der shep-herd's 
XII x II s J. I 



^s 






-i — \ 

fear . . . For He is near, His grace di - vine on me He has be - 

Fine Chorus 






:«: 



- a— a - 



:=t 



-zsr 



L £— L £ 



,^_Al _ 



m 



way Till I reach heav-en's dome. Thorough the road And friends may 

cend And worship at God's feet. 

care And soon I'll cross the bar. Tho rough the road 

m- -»- -*L i«L w w &•- -F- $0- -F- -m- 

■ tt i i 1 — fli — I— i — i 



£ 



-K— K- 



^gPN 



t 



^££ 



-r 



fc 



stowed, I '11 live in heav-en too. 
•4- 



D.S. 




<4-4 



— i — i TT — hi — ^=vfn 






rrr 



T&L 



£=± 



i^T- r-zi 



r 

prove un - true, He shares my load And guides me safe-ly thru; 

un-true, He shares my load safe-ly thru; 



**=EJ^ 



gp 



t + pcr~ 



P 



-S--S- 



m , J J J J, J J4 



ztzt 



i 



No. 32 Jesus Needs Your Best 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
0. L. C. k in "Super Specials No. 5" Opal Lee Combs 




^=J 






fesfeasgia 



Sl§ 



^=* 



3=5 



^ 



«l— S-#J_— *l- 



1. In this world of sin and sad-ness God is call-ing for your best, Due Him 

2. In His ser-vice you'll be hap - py and your tal-ents will in-crease, He will 

3. All that we may have is naught to of - fer Him whose love is true, If you 

A— =— r-- — A— = — -_ = _A_A—A- pA_ M A— ^- 



— i — i— -k— ^ — k— *> r — p— . 



tnr tnr-tr-p-tr 



£sNk* 



^fefi 



£ 



^^ 



-5 — 3: 



^=r^f=r 



^ 



^^- 



is the first-ling of thefiock, of ev- 'ry flock; He has giv - en you the 
guide the ones who heed His call, Histen-der call; He'll ac-cept the heart you 
will ac - cept Him you'll be glad, so ver - y glad; Place your life up - on the 




* 



m 



± 



V u u u u 

D.S.— On-ward, up- ward He will 



^5 

-* — 2- 



U:feUj 



— *: 



ff=ab-N 



Sav-iorthat in Him you may be blest, Place your hopes up-on the sol - id 
of - fer, fill it with His joy and peace, In Hisking-dom Je-sus needs your 
al - tar for the One who died for you, God the Fa-ther gave the best He 



-^^s^^^^^mim 



lead you.strengthen you for ev - 'ry test, Come to Je - sus, give to Him your 
Fine Chorus 



*=t= 






j j—^ 



^ 



V^r. 



^r 



f Z 



CT U ■TT"-'T7 r 

Rock, e - ter-nal Eock. Christ isplead-ing, 

all, He needs your all. 

had, the best He had. gen - tly plead-ing 

-E-JW^nAJ J ,f ... J r f J -P A 



for your tal • ents, 






==£ 



£ 



i* , 



^ 



r 



rf 



-r- 



best, your ver - y best. 



D.S. 



¥$mmmm&mm 



m 



great and small, Ful-ly trust Him, ' on the al- tar place your all; 

love and serve Him, 

h 



fcECE^ 



£ 






ma serve aim, 



m 



$. 



^^n~ rrv 



£=== 



£* 



£=EPEE=E 



^E£=£=£ 



No. 33 



J.L.S. 



Just Sin* a Son* 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" John L. Shrader 




3==* 



:*z 



£=3=^ 



1. When your path-way is rug - ged and your load is hard to bear, Just 

2. Soon we'll lay down our bur -dens, nev -er more in sin to roam, 

3. Tho' the shad-ows may gath-er 'round you on this pil - grim way, 




a song; You can brighten the jour - ney, o - ver- 

Christ is com-ing to gath - er all His 
Just sing a hap-py song; Skies a - bove you will bright-en, soon will 



^^m 




com - ing doubt and care, Just smg a song. 

faith - ful child - ren home, 

dawn e - ter - nal day, Just sing a hap - py song. 



-^ — ♦- 



Sk 



-p p- 



Chorus 



* 



D.S.— Till dawn, till dawn of day, e - ter - nal day. 

J 1H -S - — J M l_ 



^ 



5E£ 



^— **- 



S^" 



IS^Z 



afcz 



Just sing a hap - py song When skies are 

Just sing a hap - py song When skies 



m 



i$rr> 



t- 



is^^ 



£ 



^iH 



¥ 



«^ s 



IE 



zzfc 



c f g r - 

gray; 'Twill not be ver • y long 

when skies are gray;'Twill not be ver • y long 



i=±f 



s ^ ^-tr -i r 



£=£ 



£ 



Si 



No. 34 Praise His Name He Lifted Me 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" V.O.Fossett 



feEE3gE 3d-iLbJl^ 




3 1_! 1 _|_ -^ ^ ^J ^- _£J +i l-i-^JJ w_ 



1. praise His name He lift-ed me From depths of sin to lib - er - ty, 

2. praise His name the lost is found, He placed my feet on high-er ground; 

3. praise His name I'm facing home And from the path I shall not roam, 



-A — rr- 



-to 




-A— m-rM 







4-p- 



T^ 



y y y 




^S3Efe^^fc^dE3^: 



fe* 



3JZ3J 



E 



1 



-,-L^ 



r-nr 



-^— »*- 



His sav-ing love I now ex - tol And shall while end-less a - ges roll. 
From bonds of sin He set me free, Tho I was blind I now can see. 
When I shall reach the por-tals fair I know a wel-come waits me there. 

— ^-r-A— A A A . A-rA— £— l»— 4i 



^ 



1* — «k— I 



i.__^_ 



;^fcE^ErE?= 



zczzczz^rzp 



l==t=!: 



B 



i— r 



*-~ r=u 



-_fc 



Chorus 



-i — Ez— — E 



±£ 



ifefefe 



fc^P 



==£ 



-=»—*- 



3ES 



Praise His name, lift-ing me From sand to 

praise His name for lift-ing me From sink-ing sand to 



r 3 I- 



P^= 



JUU-*- 






^ 



-^—e 



-y- 



-5=0- 



■m • — P 



17 



5-p=E 



r-^t 



ff-r-ff-^ 



^^ 



^ 



£ 



-^ — a — aJ— 



^=^: 



afcz: S— 3 



-^— «— ^- 



3=3=3= 



^£ 



the wondrous high-er ground, Hap - py day, 

high - er ground, Some hap - py day His face I'll 



<•» — ^— p 



=£=£=£=£ 



-y — y- 



-^ 



Mr 






r=^ 



saHn 



face I'll see, O praise Hia name I'm home - ward bound, 
see, sweet name now my soul is home-ward bound. 

1 J J J 



..A— A— A. 



>-— P~- P" 



H 



vvccuuiiiiicuun my ouui 10 uuiuc-w<uu uuuli 



:f=. 



1 



m 



No. 35 Blue Heaven 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G.P. in ''Super Specials No. 5" Luther G. Presley 



$ 



£ 



■ \~ 



1 



S 



^3 

blue heaven, 



i 



3=J; 



"* 4r* • 



Blue 



eav - en, 



Blue heav-en, 



blue 



1. The song-birds sing with glee 

2. My neighbors, what a thrill, 

3. When bells of ves-per chime 
heav-en,4. Theflow'rs that I love more 



P^T E-f^^^^ ^^r^ 



fefefeN 



Sfe 



•2SJ- 



3^3= 



F^ 



*E*=3 



^ 



"■^d" 



their charming mel - o - dy, Blue heav-en, 
they come and go at will, 
we while a - way the time, 

are bloom-ing by my door, Blue heav-en, blue 
.pel j*. -^- -,£[- -4*. -j±- 

-m — 8-. 1 1 1 — ■ o 



blue heav-en, 



My lit -tie 



heav-en, 



*= 



mm 

— c — t- 



^:^: 



F -t T "^ 



-y — y- 



^ 



Chorus 



— I— | 1- 1 HI 1- 

HKE==^g 



I 



t=at 



3e 



^ 



^==^ 



T#— ^ 



^— *- 



t-tnr n 



the sky a - bove, 

sky a - bove, 



cot -tage home. The friends I love, 

Friends I love, 



fe : r *'p =Pg 



t= 



I 



$=s= 



£= 



£ 



3n£±±£ 



-=1 — *- 



3^3 



fcF=£- 



w — .*- 



rrrfc!:F"^~rr- 



^ — * : 



Seem to know love them so, That's why I 

All seem to know I love them so; 



r 5 



t=4 



-q — x- 



-* — *- 



?=£ 



rr 



fe 



k= 



ar- E W 



I 



TTT 1 ^ 






^-r-r^ 



^=* : 



•-^— ^ 



stay so glad each day In my blue heav-en. 

Why I stay glad each day 



i 



t=t 



=^s 



^^ 



No. 36 When His Grace Pell All Around Me 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A.D. in "Super Specials No. 5" Aubrey Douthitt 






1. When His grace fell all a - round me, I felt God's wondrous pow'r When His 

2. When His grace fell all a - round me, my doubtings from me fled; When Hi8 

3. When His grace fell all a - round me, I viewed the gio - ry land; When His 




m 



grace fell all a -round me, how pre-ciouswas the hour; I re-ceived sal- 
grace fell all a -round me, I lost my fear and dread; Of Him I am 
grace fell all a -round me, for Him I took my stand; I will fol-low 



m 



— A — m- 

-!■ 1 »- 



f=P 



f^ 



& 



$ 












D.S. — Now I sing re- 



E^^^^R^ 



i 



£: 






2- L= ^ — =■*- 






va - tion's sto - ry and Je - sus made me whole, 

glad - ly sing-ing, glad hal - le - lu - jahs roll, When His grace fell all a- 

where He leads me, I've giv - en Him con - trol, 



tfk — bit bit lafc k 

= f ±= f-tr-r— t 

demp-tion's sto - ry, glad hal - le - lu - jahs roll, 
■ Fine Chorus 



—a— gy -pi 



trirrp-T 



^ 



£q 



fnrcEZ 

round me, He saved my soul. When His grace fell all a-round me, my 

1 * ^.i^LJLcj-' ^ 



SfeEEEEg 



H 



=r— sr- 



t= 



£ 



r=^= 



f — r^trc* 



■v- 



£ 




i ^ M §Bi . 



9-r-a 



tVc=t^ 



safe* 



i 



bur-dens rolled a-way ; When His grace fell all around me , my night was turned to day; 



wJ^j ^ J =£zf±z 



P=P=P=P 



SSg^g 



^ 



tr-tr-fr' 



No. 37 




I've Purposed in my Heart 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Sherri 11 Brown 






5=5=^=3? 



zl — ■ 



3^ 



S 



*=fE 



1. Dear Lord I've pur - posed in my heart, like Dan - iel did of old, 

2. Some-times the road seems rough and steep that I must trav - el on, 

3. I know I don't have long to stay in this old sin - ful land, 

A. A A P ft_ A A p A r A A A A J' 



3£S 






3 



rr 



-f*s 



&=&$ 



I 



~^pj —i — 






?fc 



3 



=e= 



-=3=3=?=-=^: 



That from Thy paths I'll not de-part but let you have con - trol; 
So man - y times I'm made to weep and lose my hap - py song; 
I want to live for you each day and do the best 1 can; 

ft, a a I*---* *- 



£« 



:t=«(: 



5 



m 



r=r 



3d— stzzis: 



$=**=F=F=F=f=F 



# 



ffi 



ft— ft- 



l-L^i — m «* — t* 



$=& 



S^ 



f=g= 



:3^-^ 



■wi—si — mi 



S 



^~5r- -< 



^ "W— fl 



I can't af - ford to waste in sin the pre-cious years of life By let - ting 
With-outyou, Lord, to holdmy hand I'd wan-der from the way,'Tis sweet to 
So when my jour-ney here shall end, to loved ones say good-by, A bet - ter 

r, ■ - N I. '-ft 




y u y 

D.S.— But as for me I'd rath - er see my Sav-ior's welcome smile, When by Hia 

Fine Chorus 

P. - h ^. ft_ 



dtefefe 



=£ 



■£ 



5 •--^-'i^tr-F^F 1 



Eg 



£-=. 



=^=k: 



my Lord, 



Sa - tan rule with-in to cause me pain and strife. yes, 

know you un-der-stand and hear me when I pray j 

life with Christ my friend a- waits be-yond the sky. my bless-ed 



^ 






grace I see His face in heav-en af - ter-while. 




-F-F-F-* 



^M==-4— j fcng- -^-^ 



not help what oth - ers do 



y U y y <r- \, fy 

I will be true, I can - . 

ev - er will be You know I can-not help what oth-ers say or do 



=t 



FPv 1 -^ 



ft p 



tEEEE^E^E! 



pftr" 



No. 38 I Have Pitched My Tent By the Gross 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Super Specials No. 5" W. Lee Higgins 

.|\ K N 







3=2=£ 



1 A J M -M- 



3^1 



L -S--^:i-^i 



T5>- 



1. Ev - 'ry-where I go there is grief and woe But I've found a place, 
2.1 can nev-er fail when my foes as - sail, To my faint - ing heart 

3. When the storm winds blow, I am safe I know Shel-tered by His arm, 

4. I am sat - is - fled, what-so - e'er be - tide; I can fear no ill, 



mM 



HgEilEli 



D D D S 



ft-J- ^ -J 



m 



p=p==p 



■m- -m- 9m- -&■ 



H-M-2 



3=3 IlE I 



shel-tered by His grace, Where the woes of life, are no long - er rife, 
He doth strength im-part; When the night draws near there is naught to fear, 
tree from all a - larm, There is peace and joy noth-ingcan de-stroy, 
He is near me still, Wheth-er weal or woe all is well, I know, 



SftK fcsr— tte- 

^m — m — m- 



-a- 



I 



fet*=£ 



m 



E 



^=E 



E 



m 



V — b> — V- 



f -fy U— u 



tn^ 



Chorus 



=£=M 



rf 



d=# 



^^=^=^33523^3^3 



I have pitched my tent by the cross. 



?» 



I have pitched my tent 



*=£: 






f2— , 



a ^ 



5=f: 



4= 



St 



A |S- 



ft 



-ft — 6 — ft- 



j — it 



3^i3=ly=^ 



=3=: 






Ai Ai- 



t> -«- -W- -«- P«B- -&r 

by the Sav-ior's cross, All the things of earth are as worth-less dross; 



« 



-fifcc K- I 



*c 1 2 — i-Bfc= fc= h^ 



-f 2 1 



:t=t 



{ ^z| ^=H^C=P C^ 



tr-tr-t-tr 



t=£ 



M=fc 






I- -Bfe - & - ^ TJ -35/-. 

Ev-'ry worldly gain I have counted loss; I have pitched my tent by the cross. 



^fgas m^fp n 



No. 39 



Follow Me 



Copyright, 1042, by Stamps- Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" Royce Rippetoe 



m^mm^m^m. 



±=^t 



^^-a -^ 



1. In my heart I hear soft ech - oes fall - ing, 

2. In Hispow-er the un - i - verse light-ing, 

3. I will fol - low in faith where He leads me, 



L» -6 

Of the Master's foot- 
By His ten-der touch 
In - to joy or where 




H^i 



illSililPiilii 



y 



H=t^g=i 



-#- -# 



^pS 



steps long a - go, And His lov - ing voice ten - der - ly call - ing, 
ban - ish - ing pain, Yet in low - li - ness He is in - vit - ing, 
deep sor-rows flow; I would la - bor wher - ev - er He needs me, 



Mi^igi^itgiBlB 




Chorus 



^^aS |piipip£g 



"Follow me and the way of life know." 

"Follow me and be fish-ers of men." "Fol-low me, "the ech - o is 

He will guide me to vic-t'ry, I know. 



B5 



\ 



-^-MR— *- 



-*^-e- 



e-^p- 



hfr 



*■= — ^— rsr^zs— rss — *= — r~— ~ — \sz 



4=- 



EE 



f-^Pf 



=t=± 






fall - ing, I will go and the vie - to - ry win; 

tSt -At 



£ 



^^ 



33 



£ez 



To our lives He is 



*-*-*-*■ 



i-^z :t 



■r^r 



ppq ^F ^Ezp 



pip=b=p 



e=te 



ft=t 



fest 



v-l- 



^£ 



s 



fell 



:*=* 



-3 — a] a]~ 



-^ — *" _ 
ten- der -ly call -ing, "Fol-low me and be fish-ers of men." 

-hF # — * . ^ — t^^w ii D — t 



si 



•pfc • 4~^ 



t=p 



ngpg 



a 



^ 



w 



*± 



r^ 



l> I r ~f- 



No. 40 Forgive 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. B.C. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. B. Coats 




1. Drift -ed have I as days have passed by Far from the straight, narrow way, 

2. Moth-er, so dear, shed man-y a tear, She's gone to heaven's bright shore; 

3. Dear-est of friends sometimes I of-fend, Seems they just don't un-der-stand; 

l2j«- -i*- -■- -■-:-»£■-: 

— 1 i=-r«fc — he— Ifc— fc=— 



mmm^ 



5=B=t= 



I* s— W- h- 



trz 



H^Si 



fr^tzfc* 



M—*—M 



§ 



^b*-^=i=^=ij: 




m 



Liv-ing in sin, all black-ened with-in,Nev-er from wrong would I stay. 
Now it's too late, but at heaven's gate, I'll make it right ev - er more, 
God bless them all and keep from the fall, Meet me in bright glo-ry land. 



-fct— fcc— »fc— fcc-i- 



-tr-tr 



s=^i^l^&l§^i=ffig 






Chorus I 

k=±xstz: 



& 



^ 



&r-fr 



£--fr 



1 



fef^=^^t ^---^-^ 



r* 



r 



bf 



bless-ed Mas-ter f or-give For all the heartaches and sighs, 
For-give me,bless-ed Mas-ter, For all the heartaches and sighs, 




y ^ r CT w y | 



Reach out Thy hand and lead me To home be-yond the blue skies; 

Beach out Thy hand and lead me To the home beyond the blue skies; 

■P- m - -m- 



m 



iiib=f^f=pi^ 



^^^^gg^^g^ 



My soul is prone to wan-der, Temp-ta-tion's ev - 'ry-where; 



For- 



IM 



Eee£=£e1e!s13e 



e^ 



r— cr-i — c- 



M^ 



Forgive 




*3=^ 



Rit. 



gf ^y^fTT^^^ 



bless-ed Mas-ter for-give, This is my pen- i-teut pray'r. 

give and save me Mas-ter, This is my hum - ble pray'r. 



EE 



E 



MT 



e&E£ 



p ^=Fri fe 



-<*-=? 



tr 



I 



No. 41 



S. E. R. 



Keep the Nome Tires Burning 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
in "Super Specials No. 5" 



S. E. Reed 






1. Keep the home fires burning, never growing low, Check the fu-el night and day; 

2. With the na-tions now en-gaged in bit-ter strife, Bleeding hearts on ev'ryside; 

3. In our dai - ly liv-inglet us all be true , Ev-'ry deed and ac-tion prove; 

-A A 



s^isillllzis 




Tt 



t=*r- 






1* 






—ft— ft— ft— ft— \- 









:-t 



i 



Keep them burning brightly with a stead-y glow, 

We should strive to live a pure and no-ble life, 

Ded - i - cate our lives to Je-sus all a - new, 



Lighting up the pil-grim way. 
Ev - er in the Lord a - bide. 
He can all our sins re-move. 



i u» U v u 




_5E_SP ££_(* 

Jm... pt. fe_ is?-_ 
-h — h— h — h— I 






r 



I 



-P- -K~ P-»i — si J *- 3< '-F*i— J - d — g— ftr— I -I — »-^- hd — — l-l 



Keep the home fires, with a steady glow, brightly burn-ing, never growing low; 
Keep the home fires Brightly burning, 



=es 



_ag er. 



-FF 



p -p-m% IS -p-m: 






^ 






zft^>=1-d- s 




z^b£=£^=^ 



way to 



They may lead some lost soul to the heav-en-ly goal And the way to Je-sus show. 

rv ft I i 

A-rA ---—A A A— «_— r-AJ — A!— A 1 A — A— A-r-=— «— A— s - 



£ 



S>P 



No. 42 Dipped in the River of Love 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L.G. P. in "Super Specials No. 5" Luther G. Presley 



i LUj-J-J ^ 



I N h 



-M- 



*£ 



T~ N 



mm 



m 



3 



^ ^— S- 






1. My garments were all stained with the lu - ere of sin, 

2. All bur-dened and wea - ry with the toil and the strife, 

3.1 nev - er will turn back to the drear-y old road, 



«£ 



\ — >4* — se — m — i — 



^s 



^4= 



-^Hfr- 



M a 



£r 



^=tac 



^ 



% 



^=£ 



S^=J=&==£ 



1 



-=5E 



tT^T^nrr^T 



1 s b l L, T7 ~ t> l> u U & 

But thanks to the bless - ed ho-(sweet ho-)ly Dove, the ho - ly Dove; 

My feet were so tired they would (they would) not shove,no longer shove; 

My treas-ures have all been laid (laid up) a - bove, laid up a - bove; 




He ran-somed my soul and made me spotless with-in, 

All glo - ry to Je - sus for the joy of new life, 

And Je - sus is help-ing me to car-ry my load, 



ate 



J*. A — b& *r- 



V [> k 



£ 



*K he *K 



-*»-*- 



D.S. — From down in my soul the sweetest car-ols now roll, Fine 



te 



te 



* 



? 



~MZ 



+1 +l ~ 



mm 



^tZZjl- 



^T^ 



B& 



For I have been dipped in the riv - er of love. 

Been dipped in the 

qfc^C 1*"— A 



fcp=i 



H 



ss 



-3 — *- 



E-E# 



fckt 



p=sr 



« 



Chorus 



-Pi— fi-» 



£=?=^ 



£=fc 



-ft— fi 



RH 



:^^l 






A ' A l 



PS 






■^ _jL ^ 



i x tr IT ." 5" 5" 

Tes, I have been dipped in the riv - er of love, 

Been dipped in the 



£ 



fete 



W= 



=i — «- 



g I g S— g 



SEi 



?=^ 



- at — al 



Dipped in the River of Love 



*& 



£=*: 



ii^ssi 



f^=H^ 



■ a! aI - 



n 



m 



1 *" C £ 

And now I'mfac-ing heav - - en 

Fac-ing sweet heav-en 

1 



W 



a-bove; 

a-bove,that home a-bove; 






No. 43 

B.I.C 



Look for Tomorrow 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" B. I. Cline 

-I- 






1. When you are burdened, dis-cour-aged or sad,Trav'ling on life's rug-ged way, 

2. Soon comes the end of this trou-ble-some way, Sorrow and tri- als all o'er; 

3. Je - sus has gone to pre-pare us a place In the fair coun-try a - bove, 




Think of to-mor-row,take hope and be glad, Look to the per - feet day. 
Bright-ly shall dawn the e - ter - nal glad day, Glo - ry for ev - er more. 
We shall be-hold Him who saves by His grace, In the sweet home of love. 

■I* 



fe 



^ 



Wf=^ 



- | -| f p - ' - | : I ■ 



:t 



£ 






Chorus 



^: 



iig 



SS3 



■*■! ,AI !aJ GJ W- 



E3=5 



e t 



2 — *j a! — £J — *A-^ 



— >9-r 



-«<— 



j*\ f 



f J 



Look for to - mor-row, friend, Bur-dens and sor-rows will end; 

for - ev - er will end; 



m 



Sl 



:t: 



g 



:t=: 



:t: 



.12- 



■A- 



fSFrFy 



^— bkE — *e-t — ^-r* 1 — <J — ^a— 

■Mp — ■»— — iw « — s 



5P 



P 



P 



i"-r-r-r- 






=!= 



■i'. ,■ 



3ft£=2fS=& 



3*=i: 



=f 



==£ 



^ 



=tel 






Look for to-mor-row,the night passed a-way,Heav-en's e - ter - nal day. 



tefceds: 



=£ 



-«— i*- 






L |- 



:t=: 



R-rfrr 1 



No. 44 



Brighter, Lighter 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" V. O.Fossett 



^S^ i=feiE^ ^ig a 



1. Earth seems full of sor - row wher - e'er we go, Darkness set- ties o'er the 

2. Shades of evening fall - ing, when day is o'er, Finds you with a task un- 

3. Keep your lovelight glow-ing, let oth - ers see That the Master rules your 




ban-quet ta - ble come and dine and Sing - - ing, 

dine; The joy - ful tones keep sing-ing 



Praia 



es 



sing 



»ng. 



fcd: 



Brighter, Lighter 



^E^JE g^^ J 



EhF* 



1?1j -?r u t V 



3=5=3-n 



PE^W: 



g 



fcfc 



U y U u r 

cling ing, In this dark world shine. 

and to the Savior clinging, In this world of darkness brigh tly ever brightly shine 

1 ^_J^jWj. 



1 J " P j LM j44Lq 



S* 



-ad-a l 



-=1 — ( — #• 



M^ffiP|— fP 



itf: 



^=^ 



Him 






to Him cling 

No. 45 



ing, 



An Unseen Hand 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
James B. Pennington in "Super Specials No. 5" L. D. Huffstutler 






if 



1. AH my drear-y days are past, on my way new light is cast, 

2. Tho the way be dark and lone, all the dan - ger spots are known, An 

3. Christ is now my source of pow'r, joy in - creas-ing ev - 'ry hour, 



S£g^^^£ 



£ 



£ 



r=r=f 



£ 



dt 



3= 



iNN N^ 



m 



^E^N^rt 



ra- 



-fcH 






In my heart's a glad new song, which I 
un - seen hand is lead-ing me; I shall reach the land of light, where all 

Trusting, I will press a - long till I 



m£=t ±tf£ mM 



£=m 



— p u IT 11 — ~rFrv" i — f 



D.S. — Life is sweet - er day by day, as I 
Fine Chorus 



fe£ 



i 



i=s 



fcsfc 



f 



i— ^--^j- 



^^J-fft|w qi^jp 



5t=t=5 



5S 



gg 



sing the whole day long, 

faith shall end in sight, An un-seen hand is lead-ing me. An un-seen 

join the heav'nly throng, 

-A — A t~ < * 



f^— A-4 <+ ■ + vm ± A _ l I ', . . A « * ■ 



-K— K- 



-p=p- 



walk the old cross way, 



D.S. 




nrST 

hand is lead-ing me, lead-ing me, By faith the path-way I can see, I can see; 



t ri r ^ 







No. 46 



L. B. C. 



I am Moving On 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Lonnie B. Combs 

h h p> ». r> n 



^4 -j^- £ 



^ 



-p*— -■ 



^SJ=5l 



1 



=fc=ft 



335 



~t—S =• 



3=^=5 



*=*=$* 



:^4 



pa 



r=* 



3 ^ 8y 

1. I'm a pil - grim in this land Mov - ing at the Lord's command.Tho the 

2. For the Lord I take my stand, I am bound for Ca-naan's land, Noth-ing 

3. Soon that ci - ty I'll be - hold, Walk a - long the streets of gold, Shake glad 




way seems rough at hand, I'll keep mov-ing on; Soon I'll lay these bur-dens down, 
here can turn my hand, I'll keep fac - inghome;Good-by friends,I'm leaving you, 
hands with kin-dred bold, Rest a lit - tie while; Won't that be true joy di -vine, 



£ 






v—^ — Lk U - 



-k— * 



f 



:tr-p 



L> if 



y=g r--------t rg=jEg=^=g^_j_. 4_^-rp ^^ 



Trade my troubles for a crown,We shall smile and nev-er frown In that hap-py 
Mov-ing where all things are new And I hope to meet you, too , 'Neath (hat bright and 
Just to feel their hand in mine, Where none ev-er will re-pine, When I see the 



-fcr- Hhc- -fek- -**■- -ht- 

-1=--tr-t=--^-1=-- 



k k. Chorus * K _. 



&m 



laud of song, 
star-ry dome, 
welcome smile. 



am mov-ing on 



I am dai - ly 




«=££^ 



To that fadeless dawn, 

To that hap-py 

"1 a "1 



$= 







n 






Join the friends now gone, In the sky; 
Soon I'll ioin In the 



£ 



come go with me, 
dear friend 



B5£££*E£ 



t=z:^=pe: 



-I- 



^^ 






I am Moving On 



Z 



tr^ 






Join that company, Christ we'll sure-ly see By and by. 
Join me in Christ our Lord In the hap-py and by. 



m 



m 



=f=to 



-^\-m- 



:=fe^=t=t 



Si 



and by. 
the hap-py and 



1 






i 



No. 47 



Better Get to Praying 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
James Wells in "Super Specials No. 5" W. Lee Higgins 



w 



Ur^-J - 



* 



*— It 3 



1. Bet-ter get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; 

2. Broth-er get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; 

3. Sis - ter get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; Lord - y, yes, Lord-y, yes, 

4. Dea-con get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; 

5. Preacher get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; 



m 



m 



gr-f- jfT F^ -g^ r -»-^E^Z|: 



m=w=mz 



-s-i— h 



«= 



"as! — is\ »t ~al— ah rrS — S — zd" 

H IB W "-♦ ^ =h 



Bet -ter get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; Judgment is coming by and by. 



«: 



^— k 



m 



SSB 



g f I ? F ^ F= g E T = p=r^ 



:fc=£: 



«F 



Chorus 

4L4LJL4U^- 



A~4 



*=3 



-& 



-I — T-L-4- 



* 



5* 



3 



a I aI a I- 



^^^d— a^ 



SzifcgmtS 



^HiS — g 1 - 



^=¥3 



Bet-ter get to pray-ing, Lord-y, yes; Lord-y, yes, Lord-y, yes: 



-IV_^ kk fc_W 



=P^r?=! 






jg — ^~ 



fe$=*: 



f-^T^F-T 



tr-r-tr-r- 



.£ 



I 



1 »\ 



rf±E« = 3: 



Bet-ter get to pray-ing, Lord - y, yes; Judgment is com-ing by and by. 



c z z \rv — f^tt 



^M 



No. 48 



S.J.F. 



Don't Let Old Satan In 



SPIRITUAL 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Sue Jeane Ford 




=£ 



i^^j g^^ jj 



s^m&&z^^i05*^^g££z* 



1. My broth-er.when Satan comes to you, strong you must be,and true, Turn him a- 

2. Don't ev - er lis-ten to Sa-tan's call, give him no place at all With-in your 

3. Just tell old Sa-tan to stay out-side; take Je-sus as your guide, Go where He 

J2l2i 



-A- Wn- -A- -A- - A- 



$^^^m^^^m^ 



way and let the Sav-ior come in; Stay close to Him who will keep you free, 
heart, or he will your life de-file; But keep in touch with the bless-ed Lord, 
leads and do His work while there's time;0 brother, lis - ten to Him to - day, 






- m —m- 



m^ 



k — *. — Ur 



ftfe— fe— & 



m 






•v — v- 



& 



-t± 



dTM.JiPj 



5 



*fe 



^=3=^ 



^ 



a 



=ft 



^m~$ * 



-*— «i- 



atzfc at 



a a .«- j$ 



He died on Cal - va - ry, Giv-ing His life to save and keep you from sin. 
trust-ing His ho - ly word, And He will keep you safe from harm all the while, 
no long - er from Him stay, Turn now and fol-low Him to heaven's bright clime. 



£ 



£=£ 



£ 



Ife^E^E^ES 



r- tr-tr-S=E 



F*— F 



rrrtnr 



\T\, I \, 




Chorus 



1 



=F 



teE£z^=£S 



e 



s 



D^^^S^ 



2 



i a 



Drive Him out-side, 
broth-er, Don't let old Sa - tan in, for ev - er; 



- — — F 



i=: 



TT 



rt^ft 



U I 



I 



ip: 



S^=^=^=* 



fr g*T lr 



g*-i — y— ^— y— {?- 



4-!*- 



r 



Praise Him who died; 
Get down up-on your knees and on Cal-v'ry; Just keep old 



=F— W— F 



BS=^ 



D 'J UV 



Don't Let Old Satan In 




=fc 



^i^dz 



i& 



m 



wm 




2*§ 



Let Je-sus in, 
Sa-tan out, and Trust in the Lord to 



1$= 



** 



fjUL^L 



— "■"■ r — I I 



Free from all sin. 
you 



ptfc 



^ 



f 



^~£ 



I 



No. 49 

L. D. M 

4rfr 



Jesus is Waiting for Me 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
in "Super Specials No. 5" 



te#JE^EJ 



y — j: 



i 



L. D. Mills 

3^3 



3=J 



< — =■« — ^ — 

1. Christ the Lord is call-ing and wait -ing for me, He'll dis - pel the dark 

2. When the sin-clouds dark-en the beau - ti - ful day, He will light the dark 

3. I shall see my loved ones who've gone on be-fore, If for Je - sus this 

_A- 




tur - bu-lent foam, dark foam, And will guide me safe -ly a - cross the deep sea, 

{>ass-age for me, for me; Ev-'ry doubt and fear He will ban-ish a - way, 
ife I lay down, lay down; I shall sing sweet praise and His great name a-dore, 

W-r-g— g— I*— 1^- 




& 



is=fs 



rf 



D. S. — He will guide me safe - ly a - cross the dark sea, 
Fine Chorus 



'—J 1. 

♦— it 



3 



?EgEg*3=iEiE|3E353 



=fe 



T~F~? 






-J= 



3 



mg 



To the beau - ti - ful heav - en-ly home, sweet home. He is wait 

And the gran-deurs of home I shall see, I'll see. 

Where my cross shall be changed for a crown, a crown. wait - ing for me 



e££ 



£=&5t3tsb£ 



FA r ;^-f 



w 



£ 



$ 



rr 



V=E 



As by faith to His strong hand I cling, I cling. 



D.S. 



m 



^ 



^^4 4d g y 



p^^=fejpipl 



=S? 



_ ^- 



-* — 9 



^ 



and call - ing for me, I ac - cept Him as Sav - ior and King; 



my King; 



No. 50 Help Me Make Ready to Go 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co 
in "Super Specials No. 5" 



B. B. Edmiaston 



Eugene Wright 




1. Sol-diers true are need - ed to de-fend the right, Long has raged the 

2. Earth is steeped in e - vil, storms of ha - tred rage, - ver ev - 'ry 

3. We can hear Thee call- ing thru the bat - tie's roar, Send us re - en- 




bat -tie, soon will come the night; 
na - tion sin col - lects his wage, 
forcements, quick - ly send us more; 



Sin will give no quar-ter, 
Deal-ing death and sor-row, 
Now the line is chang-ing, 



i^^Es 



£££ 



^_E=£» 



£=£=£=£ 



■uk — * — ml — m—\* 

nr \> in? 



: $mgSmm^mm 



this full well we know, 

loss and deep-est woe, Lord, help me make read-y to go 

bending to and fro, 




f% % fr g r-j^f^^f^ f i g |; t 



Read-y to go, 
Lord, belp me make read - y to go, 



In - to bat - tie 



H± 



J^J'JJ+J! 



■±J*UJ. 



m 



t=F 



u~r 



3E3E 



ft 



^= ^? =^^^ 



1 



^-T-r-LTf^ 



A - gainst the foe; 
a - gainst the foe; 

-•- — *J aL 



Now the line is bend - ing, 



■Uk- — yk A irfc 



£ 



-31K m Vt V^ Jf 

tr-r-trfb?r 



Help Me Make Ready to Go 






help is need-ed so, 



w 



£ 



Lord, help me make read-y to go. 



I 



^5=t> — b- b— i — t^ 



m 



No. 51 Lost In the Darkness 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Noah White in "Super Specials No. 5" Eugene Wright 



to4tJ^Ms£^ 



m 



3=^ 



w& 



3H3-— 3F^: 



=£ 



3^=3 



r^ 



tr^P^r^ 



1. Far out on the tide of life's tem-pest-tossed sea A boat-man is 

2. The lights on the shore - line are burn-ing so low, The sea-man far 

3. The light - keep-ers safe - ly on shore are a -sleep, Un-mind-ful that 



i«ii 



B&E 



£ 



* 



f : 



£g=l£ 



a±=t=5=3=z!= 



ppiii 



s 



33 



^=3^ 



B& 



drift -ing a - stray, But no one is list-'ning to hear his faint plea 

out on the tide Is watch-ing in vain for a glim-mer - ing glow; 

du - ty is nigh; A-wak-en ye res - cu-ers! look o'er the deep, 

a. _*. _ **+. . . A » a * Tj |J_ A A . A A 






SE 



Fine Chorus 



pi g^ssig^gg^ 



That sounds o'er the boisterous bay: 

He calls for a pi - lot and guide. I'm lost in the darkness and drifting astray, 

And hear the poor wan-der-er's cry: 




I - — -1 y 

, S. — Does an - y one care for my soul? 

r> n p> 

— i I- l-i-ar* 



D.S. 







rf=E 



42 



The bil-lows of sin o'er me roll, No lights in the har-bor to show me the way, 



s-gma aEm teE 



f^=pfe=N^ 



No. 52 Ne's My Lord 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
W. A. McK. in "Super Specials No. 5" W. A. McKinney 

-H r! ft N 1— r-- N — I H ft (^ 1— r- U 



&A J 1 Jt 






^=t 



^t 



t? 



«S| 



V 



^K^3E3E 



1. Once I was lost in sin, hav - ing no hope with - in, Wor-ried but 

2. When I came to be - lieve, Je - sus I did re -ceive, Bur-dens no 

3. Je - sus was cru - ci - fled, for you He bled and died, Suf-fered and 





J-J-«L-P: 



3p 



is 



=t 



^ =j 1— - =p= — 'v I — b— 



r 

lost just the same, just the same; Was blind - ed and could not see, 

long - er were mine, nev - er mine; For my sins on Christ were laid, 

died in your place, in your place; So trust Him my sin - ner friend, 



-I* — S- 



J: 



-ff-r-L-- F 



gE^EE^ 



=r 



,i ,r 



— r4- 



£ 



-g— H^r*i- 



3eB 



* 



f=f= 



Christ paid my debt for me, Now I can praise His dear name, ho - ly name, 
for them my Sav - ior paid, Je - sus my Sav - ior di - vine, most di- vine, 
up - on His word de-pend, He saves and keeps by His grace, saves by grace. 

4t h h 1 . [^ I . -hz tr 1 — h h— 



£»3=E 



-W -i 



-1= 



t [7 u l u 



H 



^ 



Chorus 



&fe*: 



*— * 






^=£ 



£— ft 



2 — 3 — M- 
— — » — S- 



Lord and Sav - ior, friend to sin - ners, 

He's my Lord, pre-cious friend, Died to 









g^EE 



-»— 



-ft-*- 



-L-ite'-f*— =^-^3~=^ : 



iii=2 



-5e£33 



U - i v Ur-B^- 1 _ n 

Died to set my soul free,now I'm free and hap-py;Je-sus paid all the cost, 
set me free; 

— wk — S — a — K— *H 



:i=: 



±- 



J « ' 



-f — P- 




^=* 



He's My Lord 



m 



-J-^ - m- 



± 






3_=i^ 



3=&=3=S 



tr-r 



ff£ 



found me when I was lost, Suf-fered for you and for me. 



f-f 



a 



_ i**- -<+- -m- 



e - ven me. 

rw- .p 



na 



ggiiiii^^^pp^ 



P= 



No. 53 Happy On the Pilgrim Way 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Opal Lee Combs in "Super Specials No. 5" B. B. Edmiaston 






1. Hap - py on the pil - grim way, Let us praise the Sav - ior's love, 

2. When the load seems hard to bear, Je - sus tells you what to do; 

3. When the sun of life goes down, And all bat - ties have been won, 



egE 



-A-rA- 






g=t: 



» 



£=£ 






J i Fine 



¥ 



£ 



Q— 



sj=3 



a 



3± 



3 



r 



Point-ing souls to Cal - va - ry And the ci - ty built a - bove. 
Cast your bur - dens all on Him, Know-ing that He cares for you. 
We may hear the Sav-ior say, En - ter in, dear one, "Well done." 









PP 



f=f 



Chorus 




P 



D.S. — And the 

h f> IS 



ty built a - bove. 



=t 



«£=3 



=* 



^3 



=i 



X 

Hap - py on 

We are 

i 
_J ^ 



4=*=*4±3 



■**=L 



tSJ- 



=t* 



the pil - grim way, Sing - ing 

- py, on the way, the pil - grim way, 



te 



t: 



£ 



■A P- 






of the Sav-ior'i 



d=a 



s love; 



*=***t 



D.S. 






£= 



1 



ffi 



Sing - ing of the Sav-ior's love; re-deem-ing love; 



Point-ing souls to Cal-va - ry, 



-»— F— a- 



M. 



A i » A 



-A- 



«: 



^^^^^W 



1 



No. 54 



G.T.S. 



Press Alon£ to ViGtory 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" G.T. Speer 



&=£ 



* D p P-JLl -E > P P <£ 



m=#=3 



9 



1. We are go - ing out to bat - tie, march - rag on - ward, 

2. Vic - to - ry is wait - ing all who trust the Sav - ior, 

3. Come a - long and join us broth- er in this con - flict, 

f- -f- jfr *- -F- -.»- +- -S- "1 -*N lt4_.T_ — 1 - 



I 



BSSeS 



!t=: 



P^F=F 



=B — =& 



J> 



s g a T-~T— | — i t ^^ 

MM A ! 3 w A Al — A— ~g = A A- 

a_i 1 1_« * 1 1 — 



-=l *■ 



1 t> E u~~tr y u 

To the land be - yond the sea, be - yond the sea; The Lord is 

Fight-ing for the truth and right, the truth and right;We'll keep on 

Vol - un-teer, do not de - lay, do not de - lay; The Lord is 



*# 



^=M£z£jfe=&^ 



£^3§=5i^SEEE=^ 



£=fcfc=± 



*=ft=t 



h P> f, ft f^-r- R -Pi => -f-i 



£ 



n7 

lead - ing us a - gainst the e - vil we will con - quer, 

pray - ing to our bless - ed Lead - er, He will guide us 

need - ing us to help each oth - er as we trav - el 

,f f- f- ir f- t- -r- f -i^ilKi-ii 



fe£ 



gEEE 



1 



m&M 



s n n y — i r 



Fine 



Chorus 




i= 



Press a-long to vie - to - ry, to vie -to -ry. Press a -long 

'Gainst the foes both day and night, both day and night. 

To the land of per - feet day, of per-fect day. with grace and glo-ry, 



£ 



D.S. -Press along to vie -to - ry, to vic-to-ry. 



atzszEt: 



3^: 



T~ tr~™ b ™ 1/ 



M^t 



S=3e3=3=|~ 



— v pj 



"CinrF 



press a-long There is peace for you and me; 

and tell the sto-ry, for you and me; 



5=fe^** 






Is 



¥ 



- ^cr— ^- 



Press Along to Victory 



y 

Sing a song driv - ing out 

Yes.we shall of joy and glad-ness, all sin and sad-ness, 



3=3 : 



at 

-fcH- 



1 X 






-j 1 



p*— i*- 



J: 



■F— F- 



ttt=fc* 



SE^^a 



No. 55 

G. T. Speer 



Going to Glory 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



Ben L. Speer 




-=•««- -51- 

1. Go - ing to glo - ry tell -ing the sto - ry, How the bless- ed Lord can 

2. Je - sus is lead - ing,man-na He's feed-ing,That I may con- tin -ue 

3. When I go walk - ing, with Je - sus talk - ing, Down the streets of glo - ry 







save from all sin; He gives me peace that nev-er will cease, I know I have the 
grow-ing in grace;I'll keep onclimb-ing, shouting and sing-ing, On some hap-py 
shin - ing with gold;He'll give me grace to look on His face, And then I'll keep on 

i*=- **- ■**- - ,=Z - ' \m . » . "*=- a. ' -&- -*=■ ■■**- I I ■ -m- ',•'•. "^ 
«l Y -I H? — * — Ys— f£ — br— H 1 i- — -ad xt-r-i* — I*— ^— I 



u=t=ri* 



* 



-ad— atf- 



feE 



=1= 



F— F- 



•Frj» 



4= 



£=£=^ 



f ^feg 



Fine Chorus 



D.S. — Praising God for 



P 



£ 



"CLT-T F 



spir - it dwell-ing with -in. 
morning I'll see His face, 
shouting while a - ges roll. 

f~ ~ -F- o -r^ JUT 



-I 1* — »- 

r U I 



Shout-ing and sing - ing, to Him I'm cling-ing, 



K 



fee 



: t— A- : 



s 



•£=r 



i= 



f 



vie - fry down in my soul. 




V^--^— fr 

=3=^-^.- 



=t 



it 



D.S. 



5H 



Jzif^- 



■F-a- 



-!*—■- 



He will safe-ly keep me while bil-lows roll; Go-ing to glo -ry, tell-ing the sto-ry, 



H 



^ i | y — F~FH — 1 P—F- 



«J 



:t: 



No. 56 



G. T. S. 



The Bridegroom Is Coming 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co, 



in "Super Specials No. 5' 



G. T. Speer 






■IPPT' 

1. We read in the Bible, that the Bridegroom will come, To catch. 

2. The saints that are liv-ing will bechaugedonthatday.In a twink 

3. The signs of His com-ing all are be-ing ful filled,We know. 



nir-fU* 




y y t/ V T " ~ ~ -♦"ftW- -* 1 -*- """ 
a - way His bride, His waiting bride; With all of the millions that have 
ling of an eye, yes, of an eye; And go to that sup - per that the 
it won't be long, it won't be long;Un - til we shall see Him in His 




[f u U U 

died in the Lord, He'll have ..close by His side, close by His side. 

Lord has prepared, A - way up in the sky, up in the sky. 

glo - ry andpow'r,And join ... the vic-t'ry song.tbe vic-t'ry song. All the 



m 



SEE* 



s^~ : ■■■- 



E* 



:^=p: 



*=fc 



f" 



S 



H? 



*^ 



ffi 



-=»-*- 



^=^ 



i=* 



*-&- 



^H^=^*— *r 



I 



a.' A l 



#=» 



MTlTTr ITTT 



Then we'll sail a - way from 
saints of earth will rise to meet the Sav-ior in the skies, 




this old world of sin; 

this world of sin; Glad ho-sannas then will ring un-to our 

:t==t==r. — I — t.-t-^~*- 



f=f 



— — — — — i-i — i — i — i — i — *■ 1-^ ** a 




The Bridegroom Is Goming 



-5 =5 si ft — &i — R — R — I— -» P — h — P"> — F>i — i — — — m 



When the blessed Lord in glo-ry comes again. 
Savior, Lord and King, lie comes again. 



^■efcefefo^ jj^u 



gJJ^gE^ j 



£ 



p=p 



t- 



t 



No. 57 



The Lord Is His Name 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Dott Heaton in "Super Specials No. 5" B. B. Edmiaston 






1. Tho all the world for- sake you, Still the One who for you came 

2. Of this dear Friend I'm tell - ing, He is al - ways just the same; 

3. He left His throne in glo - ry, To re - deem us from our shame; 



-fetzzie 



J=#=tFM 



r 



-2Sl 1 



:E=t 



*=S, 



t 



F^f^F 



IS 



^ 



i 






=£=^—2=$ 



=5F 



Will help 
He'll nev 
He gave 



^^=4= 



fe=!sz:& 



you bear your bur - dens; The Lord 
■ er, nev - er leave you, The Lorcl 
His life a ran - som, The Lord 

:a( = f!;^q-|:t=3=t:=-f : ^- --- - 



His name. 
His name. 
His name. 



m 



-zt 



EeS 




The Ho ■ 



a* 



ly One, the Fa - ther's Son, To re - deem our souls He came; 



1 



iggne 



F=F 



I. 

££5 






" I ] I S— -*L- " -*^-- 



The gift 

fHHs 



of love from heav'n a - bove,The Lord 






t: 



lis nami 
EIE^: 



is His name. 



IB 



4= 



No. 58 



Won't You Gome? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



E.S. 



£=3= 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



Evelyn Snider 




^-♦1 nJ -*! 1 — ♦ *l — *> ♦ — ♦■- — — -^ -3. 






1. There's a mes-sage of love from the Fa-ther a-bove, It is wing-ing its 

2. If you come on to-day Christ will show you the way To the beau-ties of 

3. When this race you have, run and life's bat-tie is won, You'll go sail-ing be- 




i&jg 



Pm-P-4- 



l> I . f 



S 



m 

-^ — «_ 



i^*E3£E*E3 



s 



«=Jt=5t 



way to you; Why not come home to-day ,have your sins washed a- 

heav - en fair, He will make your life sweet and your joy so com- 

yond the sky; You shall not have a fear when old Jor-dan is 



kk 



£ 



--*■#■&—# , 1~^ 1 ft " * " l ~ -r ^" "£" "£" 



p=fe=fc 

Ezzazznz 



|g^ 



* 



»3P 



^ K h. 



:^— ■ | zzzr: 



S 



l=S=i 



n^ 



y ■■ v u ■ ,i 



sr-* z Eiur 



f7f 

way? He will save you and cleanse you, too, cleanse you, too. 

plete, You shall nev - er more know a care, know a care, 

near, You'll go home to that land on high, land on high. 

_fi. ,_«_ ^ -±: :£: ^ _T* fs 



■k — i-r 



£ 



^ 



£ 



t 







won't you come while He's gen-tly plead - ing? hear His 
Won't you come while He is plead - ing? Hear Hia 



3Et=E=E^E^^^fe^^£ 



-fr-fr-fc — f — tr 



ifcs^-" 1 -^ 


i rv i 


w ft ft ft « ft 

■*>— 2d Ai Al 1 J i U 


iN 


soft and 
ten - der v 


1 - — . <\ ^ k-U 

ten -der voice, 
oice, 


Q- 1 ^ 

Yes, He is will - i 
He is will - ing 

-] JA A JA. S) |2 . 1 




MHr-U*— -L-f- 


'- F J.^ 


— u — u fr ' l> ' ' i 


^ — 




^v^tg 



Won't You Gome? 



-ft— i 



iti 



-t- 






6= 




just now to save you If you make Him your choice. 
now to save you Him your ou - ly choice. 



y y y U u i 

No. 59 The Darkest Day 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Mrs. Verda Cookwright in "Super Specials No. 5" Frank H. Stamps 

Duet 



3 5mz&$5^2&&33z^m 



mzFual 



1. The sun re-fused to shine a-bove, When Je-sus died to prove His love; 

2. Me-thinks I hear the rab - ble jeer At weep-ing loved ones standing near, 

3. I seem to hear Him plead-ing now, With cru-el thorns up - on His brow: 

4. I seem to see them take Him down And cast a-way the blood-stained crown; 

* h f) i h>f 






ip^i 



I 



m 



fc3: 



■=!—*- 



-=(—*- 






w 



W-w. 



j ^^stefe^^^^ ^ 



w 



And all the birds re-fused to sing, When sin-ners cru - ci - fied the King. 
When Je-sus wore the thorn-y crown And with the eyes of love looked down. 
"Forgive!" it came in ac-cents true, "Forgive, they know not what they do." 
And I see up - on that brow A crown of fade - less glo - ry now. 

a — a — « JL 3 — :* r £-s5 — ^ — — _ i . . 1 — s* JL 



^JL_g : 



#4=*- 



Chorus 



m 



m 



t±=f- 






^ 



The dark-est day the world has known Was when He suf - f ered all a - lone; 



± 






*=3=3 



^—M- 



y y 



-N — Y 



-h — h 



B 



a 



?=£ 



y y 

When on the cross of Cal - va - ry The Sav - ior died for you and me. 

-r* — r^ — ^-n*-r-!* — tr — r» 1 . . ■ . ! — l^r - ^ — r^*— - h 1 ^ — !-♦- 




tnr-tj 



No. 60 



Love That is Perfect 



Ps. 19 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

B. B. Edmiaston in. "Super Specials No. 5" Ernest Rlppetoe 




iStS 



1. Sky and day and night de - clare the glo - ry of the Lord, Thru all the 

2. When I see the heal-ing works of na - ture,all a-round,Thru seasons 
o. In the pearl - y dewdrops on the flow-ers of the morn I see re- 




j=i= -t— i— 



£fe 



^ ( 1 1 1 1— -*=—*= — 



. P— *— * 



grg-^g -^-A-^ 



^m 



^ 



earth is gone their line; He who keeps the stars in place, by His e-ter-nal 
that He ush-ers in, there comes to me a sweet as-sur-ance most pro- 
fleet - ed love di - vine; Love,whose care and beauty doth the lit - tie flow'rs a- 



m^% 






t=s £ 






:£=£: 



:t==t==|==: 



•*» — y- 



$=*= 



iC A- r A -=- A — A A 



■v — y — y 

Chorus 



-rr-c 






word, Can keep this lit - tie life of mine, 
found, My Lord can heal my soul from sin. 
dorn, Can beau-ti-fy this life of mine. 



There is no speech, 



There 



is no 



:|= 



a la -A- 



-£2— P- 



|^H^-y— u I H 



fefc 



'3 



ffi^^s 



u» y 



b -£fefe&£fcfc£ « '-iffH s&MM 



t^ 



[" 3 * i -»i-Jt 



^TrP' 



i ' u b 

there is no speech, O-ver the earth, over the earth, Where they know not, 
Ian - guage, - ver the earth, Where there's no 






£^= 



s 



JU 



■m- m- 



-n^r^- 



ilzztefc: 






fe& 



- J— J_ Jz: 



inr^rrr 



where they know not Of God and His pow'r di-vine; Love that is 

know-ledge His pow - er di-vine; Love 



fc@E 



y y y r y y , y U 



Love That is Perfect 




true, love that is true Gives the new birth, gives the new birth, 

that is per-fect Gives the new birth, 



is 



c=t— r-r- 






y — y- 



£: 






p" 17" 



■F-- 



1 






j i_J_ 



-^HJ < H — 



:q: 



^8 



Trusting His grace, mercy and grace, Redemption, thru Jesus, is mine. 
Trust - ing His mercy, redemption is mine. 



& 



-s>—V 










I'm So Glad He Set Me Tree 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Lonnie B. Combs 




=£ 



-V- --ft- 



uh— p^ — r~T— p z^pq 

L «-ftH— •-&■*— d— *— *-- :i 



^P 



1. I'm so gla'd the lov-ing Sav-ior came to die for you and me,Leav-ing 

2. It was love that free-ly bro't Him to this sin -ful world be-low, Car-ried 

3. dear sin - ner come and trust Him, ask a share in saving grace, Let Him 

ft — r > » A _fr — fi_A_ s-k _ r . A _A_ A __ — 1_^ __ 




D.S.— That He 




*— *-ft^— ^ L e-^--»- ^- L ^ o j. — n— ^— «>— «— o-L^ 



tj^— ^— cr w— w— w— »~-p— p- 

home and throne a-bove;Made a way for our sal- va-tion, set-ting cap-tives 
Him to Cal-va-ry; I so oft - en won-der why He had to suf-fer 
make you free and whole;Then when you shall reach fair heaven you shall see His 

J _» P fV-tt ilP J 

** — ^ — ™ — *=— r,?s-: — ^ — — , i Ai — A 1 — ia — i& — Al — = — A — — . a J — m — 



IfcQiEEEE 



f^ 



&,- 



V- 



fcfc 



5= 



S 



came to set me free; I'm so glad He came to save, e-ter-nal life He 



Pine Chorus 



D.S. 









Zt 



#>=£ 



free, I'm so glad He came in love. I'm so glad, I'm so glad, 






so,- But I'm glad He set me free, 
face, In the homeland of the soul. 



I'm so glad, 



I'm so glad, 



^mmwm^^^m^ 



-\f— y 

gave, I'm so 



He set me free. 



No. 62 



A Wonderful Savior is He 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
R.E. A. in "Super Specials No. 5" Robt.E. Arnold 

:Jfc=fl is k— i — Krrh rV— -f^- 



Z±=±Z 



FWm ♦ < ' ■♦' ♦ — — — — — ♦ — m—9 — ♦ — 5-C3 — T: Z3Z 



te5: 



*^fr 



1. I'm hold-ing my Savior's nail-scarred hand, He's leading me on to glo - ry- 

2. I'm praising this Gal - i - lee - an friend for sav-ing me when this life shall 

3. I'm try-ing to lend a help - ing hand by point-ing lost souls to heav-en's 




r 



*~? vt ~~~ f^rr 

land, Sav - ior is He, pre-cious to me; 

end, 

strand, A won-der -ful so pre-cious to me; 



$r. 



m 



^ 



t- 



Ir 



r 



i> ■ u r 



^ 



^H 



#=£ 



3=tg — g-^«— ^r-g- 



-rt^r-t s 



He's guid-ing me on the way called straight which on-ly can end at heav-en's 
I have a glad song with - in my soul and let-ting the hal - le - lu - jahs 
In ser-vice I'm find - ing bless-ings sweet and rapture di - vine at His dear 






mm 



A- 



^=q: 



i 



Fin© 



l£ 



1 



atz£: 



Ji-^J 



3=*t 



tirVrnrrffi; 



V 



me. 



gate, A won-der -ful Sav-ior is Christ to 

roll, 

feet, Je-sus, He is so won-der-ful to me. 






g^ #WfF^ E. 



J J JJ JJ* J JU 






Chorus 



JUU=6-J 



<+> — 3 



-=1 *- 



:3=IS 



rk~t 



-4D » P» 



tr-i-v-fr- 



A won-der-ful Sav-ior is He, pre-cious to me, 

so pre-cious to me, 



^ — *■ 



t 



-F 






A Wonderful Savior is He 



p^&£jp tliff3 iEfei 



My night He has turned in - to day, the sun-beams a - round me now play, 

now play, 



Se£ 



m 



s— S-S-U-S 



£ 



P-* 



i 



£3 



Jzzzp=nc=je 



F*— » 



li 



A._^? 



-\-+ — 9 — m — m 



D.S. 



3^3 



-=1 — S- 



i 



*-T*nr 



it f ftt^ — ="t" 

, name I'll ex - tol, 



A - ges shall roll, 
I'll praise Him while His name I'll ex - tol, 



i 



:t== 



-=1 — «- 



=t=£= 



m 



-p 



No. 63 



E« H. M» 



I'm Nearin* my Home 



*3= 



Dedicated to my good friend, G. E. Wright 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" E. H. Morton 

_L 



ISB 



m 






tfS- 



#=2^ 



^— St 



rs-*- 



1. I'm near-ing my home where I'll nev-er roam, Tho bur-dens now press me sore; 

2. I'm near-ing the light of glo-ry land bright, Where darkness can nev-er be; 

3. I'm near-ing the gate where an-gels a-wait, I'll sing with the saved and blest; 




I'll trav-el a - long, keep sing-ing a song, My jour-ney will soon be o'er. 
O'er hill tops of time that ci-ty sub-lime Shall be mine e - ter - nal - ly. 
Howhap-py I'll be my Sav-ior to see, With loved ones for ev-er rest. 




D. S. With Christ by my side to com-fort and guide, I'm near-ing my heav'nly home. 
Chorus , D. S. 



to 



se^£=£ 



:p=P 



J lJ-4 



i 



TrtTr 



3Ktzat 



3 



-*-*r*t 



ypt 



■&— 



I'm near-ing my home, my heav-en-ly home, No long-er in sin to roam; 



& 



St 



_J ^-J£j£l&JE+i+: 



m 



:t=: 



II 



:t: 



£=t=£ 




No. 64 Lonesome Valley 

Original Melody 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Arr. A. E. B. in "Super Specials No. 5" Arr. Albert E. Brumley 



m- 




&=*=Sz 



3Efe££ 



:=|=3= 



^ 



3ST 



Mfe 



1. Hark! I hear. the voice of Je - sus, 

2. If you can not speak like an - gels, . 

3. Man - y loved ones are up yon-der,. 



^*S3=*= 



fcfcs: 



£ 






."To the 
. . If you 
.Wait - ing 



Q 



3g I 



1 1 1 1— 

■A-A-Hk A 



V u 



— —i — -jd — -_ — i- — B-2 — «&• — ■" ■- na* — ai — ■— 



•Tq 



har - vest fields a-way," Har-vestis ripe, the grain is 

can not preach like Paul, ... . You can tell the love of 

on that gold-en shore, Let's pre-pare to go and 




m 



fall - ing, Who will go. . 

Je - sus, You can say 

meet them, Where sad part 



and work to - day?. 
.He died for all . 
ings come no more. 



Ffrtrcr 



r=*= 



«t 



^w=^ 



^^=55: 



i#^ 



Chorus 



^ 



*# 



£ 



^S=5§ 



q^ 



s=M 



rp 



^-t^— gL 



You've got to walk that lonesome val- ley, 



Yes, you've got to walk 



lonesome val-ley, 




You've got to go there by your-self, 

Yes,you've got to go by your - self, 

- m £ ~ — ^L_ .J__ 

-k» ■- 



i=fcs 



=£=£ 



-m — m — {+■ 
-w — w — w 



6 



# 



&=F= 



Lonesome Valley 




No one here 



i& 



can go there with you, 
No one here go there with you , 



-*=- -fce- -he- -•*- -»*- 









:^=ri=MtiJ' 






g 



Z Z l b r 

You've got to go thereby your-self. 

Yes, you've got to go yes, by your-self. 



fcfcs 



* 



■W— » — F- 



tr-r-tr- r=P=^=^ 






No. 65 



He Paid the Debt 



. Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Super Specials No. 5" W. LeeHiggins 



— ^ a ! lS— jfe — 3 8 \ ■ I £+* — p , 33 W-h — Jf — — — 2-t^ — ^ — ^J 



1. My wea-ry soul in sin was lost And on life's storm-y o-cean tossed, 

2. And since He died up -on the cross I count my earth-ly gains as loss, 

3. He chides me when I'm do-ing wrong, When I am weak He makes me strong, 

4. When thru the shin - ing gates of gold My chariot wheels have sweetly rolled, 








Fine 



M^fes 



1=1 



= J-J- 



-« — m — i m. 



=i=ssii 



But Je - sus came at fear-ful cost, And paid the debt in 
His love and grace my soul en-gross, Be-cause He paid the 
My soul He fills with joy - ful song, Be-cause He paid the 
My Sav-ior's face I shall be -hold, Be-cause He paid the 

m — * — x — t 



full for me. 
debt for me. 
debt for me. 
debt for me. 



=fc= 



Eapm 



fc4= 



*=&. 



Y~y— l— r 



feEE^e 



tr 



t=t=: 



§ 



D.S.— He saved my soul and made me whole, Be-cause He paid the 
Chorus 



debt for me. 
D.S. 




Pp ilil l l l 



T— I — * ' A 1 * y 

He paid the debt, He paid the debt, My Sav - ior paid the debt for me; 



No. 66 



When Our Lord Descends 



To my father, Lester Williams— C. W. 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

B. B. Edmiaston Sug. C W. in "Super Specials No. 5" Clyde Williams 



^ 



^^4 



■£s 



33 






: p — * 



^=3=£ 



*=*: 



1. When Je - sus went a - way He said He'd come to earth a - gain, 

2. He died up - on the cross that we might be made free from sin, 

3. There is no oth - er way but thru the bless -ed Sav - ior's name, 



m& 



w* 



M 



A ^_ 



£ 



At^ 



£ 



•W-i-IA- 



&ff=tft 



r'f- 



t~v 






d=^ 



1 



tp — * 



ftf 



And gath- er all His chil-drenhome, there with Him to re - main; 
He o - pened mer-cy's door and bids us thru Him en - ter in; 
We must o - bey Him if we would be free from guilt and shame; 




Each one of us must give ac-count when earth's short jour-ney ends, 
At death this door will close, 'twill be too late to make a - mends, 
Each one who hum - bly comes to Him in mer - cy He will cleanse, 



:£=£=■: 



1 



S; — a, U 



'-$■— Mk- 



1 — ET 



fr-F 



Fine 



#tS 



3r= f-g—f> 



^ 



I 



P 



■5 ^- 



^^S^ 



r*r 



So, let us trust Him and be read - y when our Lord de - scends. 
Pre-pare to - day, if you'd be read - y when our Lord de - scends. 
In Hi9 own right-eous-ness be read - y when our Lord de - scends. 



„ .; ( * 



Ju 






it 



1 



P* 



u i [7 

D.S.— say, will you be robed and read - y when our Lord de - scends. 
Chorus 






By an - gels at-tend-ed the Lord will come back, descending on a cloud, 







p= 



When Our Lord Descends 



mmgm^$m 



Be - fore Him small and great shall fall, yes, ev - 'ry knee be bowed; 



D. S. 



p&£M2g k 



The sun, moon and stars shall in darkness go out when time f or-ev - er ends, 



e££ 



fefcfe» 



Fir- fr b u IH fiHr-lr 



:£-£: 



feE: 



P=P=l 



a 



No. 67 Across the River 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. R. W. in "Super Specials No. 5" Chas. R. Woods 



H=i£3^ 



ai 



^ 



w 



:£: 



mr" 



-3kr S . S 



V 



1. There's a home ..... a - cross the riv - er, - ver on the oth - er shore, 

2. Here on earth we dwell in sor - row, Griev-ing for those gone be-fore; 

3. Friends are gone but not for - ev - er, We shall meet a-gain some day, 



2:4: 



444 



1- 



*h — Ft- 



£ 



£ 



feE 



-(=-• 



-I 1 ;g 



3*-0- 



-F— F- 






Where sad part - ingscome, no nev-er, And where sor-rows all are o'er. 
On a bright. ... and glad -to - mor-row, We shall meet to part no more, 
Just a - cross .... the mys - tic riv - er, In the land not far a - way. 



PffPP^ 



-i^-a — js: 



fcfe 



g 



^ 



evinr 



D.S.— Just a-cross . 
Chorus 



r 



feMW 



the si - lent riv - er, On the bright e - ter-nal shore. 

D.S. 



( — 6J — « — 



pgng j^^^a 



-» — F — F- -d — <a 



r~r 



-A — A -Uk — ! 



rt 



3=2 : 



We shall meet to live for - ev - er, When this life on earth is o'er, 

We shall meet 



*=*= 



1— t r1r-t ri^£qbr=feEb^^^z±^fe±fl 



f 



No. 68 Deeper, Deeper, Deeper 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. C©«r 
Dr. Alfred Bariatt in "Super Specials No. 5" W. Lee Hlggliui 



^Pf#f^sg^g 



1. Like a might- y riv - er, riv - er, flow-ing full and free, so free; 

2. All my grief it chang-es, chang-es, in - to per - feet bliss.love's bliss, 

3. Like a might - y riv - er, riv - er, fiow-ing deep and long, and long, 

- - *' - I 



fe 



mm 






ii^gii 



^ 






Rich - er, full - er, sweet-er, sweet-er, deep - er than the sea, the sea; 
No one ev - er loved me, loved me, with a love like this, like this; 
Bring-ing grace and mer-cy, mer-cy, strength to con-quer wrong; the wrong; 



g ^ =g= £= gEfe 



*S 



in rr i 



=FFFF* 



i 



fe^s 



s 



iffi— 3^-Uj — a J— g 



^—3 



:£=5=*i 



8 



-t^- 



F3=J 



-^- *- 



S»: 



In my heart it flow-eth, flow- eth,from the throne a -bove, a - bove, 
Ev-'ry way-ward sin - ner, sin - ner,this great love may prove,may prove; 
Par-don for the sin - ner, sin - ner.from the throne a - bove, a - bove, 






fc^zz?n=r_fi — p — E =J=F=g 



Fine 



£#3=1 



w 



t=s 



r - j- * - 



t 



~4P ^ 



r 



tr^r 



Deep - er, deep - er, deep - er, deep - er is my Savior's love. 

bound-leBs love. 



US 



£-+. 



^ 



i 



*-£- 



i 



ps 



SESzzES 



s=£is 



i£=s! 



1^ 



Chorus 



^ 



as 



. — i-*-^ 



n 



9 



tH^3F 



a i : x 



^- ~T~^g F 



Deep - er, deep - er, deep - er, deep - er, all a - long the way, 

the way, 

-a— *— -£-a — ^J^-* ^— a * J 1 : ■ j- 

4 Jg_L : ' 




Deeper, Deeper, Deeper 



&£=£= 



s 



-ft — ft- 



Lm-_j — 



-ft- 






3trd: 



Sweet-er, sweet-er, sweet-er, sweet-er, ev - 'ry pass-ing day, each day, 



iEE 



J jh-, 



£EB 



f=FFF* 



-=i — *- 



is 



JVpAj >■ 



i 



D.S. 



ifcj=q=^=fe-- 4— * 



I 



tp*— *-H=^.- 



2=£ 



-^- * 



IteE 



Like a might - y riv - er, riv - er, flow-ing from a - bove, a- bove, 



Ff 



ai — ^ a — at 



=F£* 



:t=t 



=£ 



I 



nr^ 



No. 69 



Waiting for the Victory 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L.G. in "Super Specials No. 5" Lucille Garrett 

P-A-N 



ili 



§i3 



3 



=4- 



a aI aj — zi~ 



^— ^~ S— a d— Sq gj 



1. Wait-ing for the vie - to - ry to come, Fighting that we may be free; 

2. Giv - ing,serv-ing as we march a - long, Fighting for our lib - er - ty; 

3. Hum-bly trusting in the bless - ed Lord, That from sin we may be free; 

rnf+T^i Lpi --) i-g-fc-fct T-B f. jg * 



fcF" 



tt 



t- 



JU 



Fine 



?•- " ^ 3- -*- -*- -fii-'X 



£=* 



3*=3 



- ar-ah 



2^*: 



Work-ing that the bells of peace may ring, 

Sac - ri - fie -iug for our sa - cred cause, Wait-ing for the vie -to - ry. 

Pray - ing,working,fighting day by day, 

-J — J — J ^-g J T +> , o l» 



r 



-1- 



=-tsJ— l-i 



1— f- 



3§§l 



£=«=£ 



s^S 



£: 



■ r i h — h Fr- 



-fr-y 



V — b) — fc 



D.S.-Praying,working, fighting ev - 'ry day, 

Chorus ^ ^ 



: r 




p-ft-f-E 



HHP 



3 



i#3S 



D.S. 



3t±J* 



ffl3* 



3 



»«?^ 






-g~g 



Wait-ing for the vic-to - ry, That will make the nations free; 

coming vie - to • ry, shac-kled na-tions free; 



Sfc 



-p-x 



^^ 



=t 




No. 70 Get In Tune with Heaven Now 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
A. L. C. in "Super Specials No. 5" Rev. A. L. Clanton 




MW 



1. Man - y are the peo-ple in this world who never praise the Sav-ior for His love, 

2. Does your load of pain and guilt and sorrow press so heav-y that the way is hard? 

3. Would you like to dwell at last in glo-ry,from your sorrow free for ev - er more, 




Tho He fills their lives with richest blessings, at His feet they nev-er bow; 
Je - sus of-fers peace and con-so - la - tion, lis-ten while I tell you how; 
Do you want to join the choir of an-gels? this the Sav-ior will al - low; 




&^££££3 E^m 



As thru life they trav-el they are heed-less of the Might-y Rul - er up a-bove; 
Tou must stop your sinning,turn from e-vil, come to Him repenting,trust His word; 
But you must upraise Him while you're living.honor Him , His blessed name adore; 

ft ft ft R 




err 



If you are to-day a-mong this num-ber, 

Make a full sur-ren-der to the Sav-ior, get in tune with heav-en now. 

If you want to share the life e - ter - nal, 



SEfESBiES 






pes 



a-f 



D.S.-Trust Him and o-bey the gos-pel sto - ry, 
Chorus 



m 



s 



m 



f>— +r 



■aM— S Al w Zi - g A 53 I 



S 



m. 



As the saint-ed mil-lions sing, 
Hear the hap-py hal - le - lu - jah cho - rus glad-ly sing, 



Sz; 



£ 



-f*— H 



iA_ -|A_| — r z^r T]^ a < : : 



£ 






Get In Tune with Heaven Now 



pi 



-— — • i b r 

Prais-ing Christ the Might-y King; 

Lord and King; 

— w. k. »^- — k. k» M ^ 0L 



wffWfWfj 



Voic-es of the ones gone on before us 



Efc 



EE 



gEgEfEggEgEBE 



\j~V 



D.S. 



£^ 



m 



BE 



•^— 2— 5P 



=*: 



«=H=S 



If yon want to join them up in glo - ry, 




p c r 

Loy-al - ty to Je - sus vow, 

firm - ly vow, 



fei^^pi 



No. 71 Will I See my Friends up There? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Nannie Sue Hughes in "Super Specials No. 5" S.I). Den son 




1. As I tread this rug - ged way, I am think -ing of the day 

2. In this world of sin and woe, those who trust the Sav - ior know 

3. When lie comes to earth a - gain, with Him we shall live and reign, 



fc=4 



— k^-1- 



* 



$=£ 



s 



:t: 



.Vz=fc 



trtr 



r — ^ 1— hd — -a J I^S 



£=£= 



=£= 



1 Ai §Z 



at 



iiSS 



When the pres-ence of the Lord I'll share; Heav-en's gates will o - pen 
That He will our grief and bur -dens share; He is watch-ing there on 
And His ev - er - last - ing glo - ry share; If each one pre - pares to 




F — -*- -*- 

wide for my en - try to His side, Will I see my friends of earth up there? 
high and He hears our ev- 'ry cry, Will I see my friends of earth up there? 
go, He as-sures us we may know That we'll see our friends of earth up there. 



^^f 



-fcc Ifc fcc- 



&S 



h n 



t=£ 



ehI 



r»— K- 



-£& 






ta=*=:fzd 



t-t—t 



No. 72 



I am Goin* O'er 



CD. 




Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Cleavant Derricks 

ft 



z&z-- 



^B#fe^^l 



arspw 



1. I won - der what will hap-pen in glo - ry . . . . When the saints get 

2.1 won -der how He'll know me from others, . .There a - mid the 

3. I'm go - ing there to live with King Je - sus . . . And to clasp the 



i 



*m 



m& 



E3 



-=1— X- 



SFt 



F—mm 



ff^ 



t 



V - w. i h. ^ fc. — 4 






** 



« 



w^^sm^^ 



5 



-4r 



home, 
saints 
hand . 



on the oth - er shore; When they crown Him 

clad in robes so fair; This one thing I 

of a friend so true, So if you get 



Mm 



S—m—S- 



& 



£ 



TO* 



W 



ites 



R— ft- 



* 



^ 



^EE=23 






*=±d 



Lord, 
know, 
there . 



m 



f i ' i *!*!*: «, 



, as they sing love's sto - ry, I soon shall 

.when I call He hears me,. ...That's why I 
just a while be - fore me, ... . look for 



f* 



§ 



£B£ 



**v- ew 



Chorus 




-e*- -♦ , - 

know for I'm go-ing o'er. . . . 

know He will know me there 

me, I am coming, too I'm go-ing to see what will hap-pen in 

A I Ni a t * * 






H&3SK 



^m 



tHf-ft- 



**&*&£$& 



tfc 



& 






q=JK 



h •- ^ 71 « — »— H— ■ -f 




^3^=3 



-tf-0 



When the saints go march-ing in, All that number that John saw and a 
glo-ry 

izxtez b tea fr— ^ — zzz 



si 



f-u-f"^ 



^ZZpL 



#=£ 



, 




I am Going O'er 



1 *•• 


v» n* m 


1 «^ 


•s «s ' 







t^ss 



hun-dred million more; With all the re- 

hun - dred million more; I won-der if I shall find a place 

P p — jg-^"T'~ ^-^--^L^-tH-few-J-J "1"- -Ttqfc 








IS 

i r r 



deemed ones saved by grace, I soon shall know for I'm going o'er. 

I soon shall know go-ing o'er. 

-»- ^ -•- », lift 

y- b>— ^— £— b — P~ 



-=1— £- 






i^ft* 




No. 73 My Lord What Shall I Do? 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

C. D. in "Super Specials No. 5" Cleavant Derricks 




-s— ■ — ad — «■ — i 1 1 — m — &- H — s — -&-\~d— — i — -d — •&- 



1. Soon one morn-ing death come creep-ing in the room, Soon one morn-ing 

2. Death done come and took my moth-er far a - way, Death done come and 

3. Bide on death cause you can't do me no more harm, Ride on death cause 



^^m 




death come creep-ing in the room, 
took my moth-er far a - way, 
you can't do me no more harm, 



Soon one morn-ing 
Death done come and 
chil - dren, Eide on death cause 




r 



death come creep-ing in the room; O my Lord, what shall 
took my moth-er far a - way; 
you can't do me no more harm; 



I do? 



ldt*=^E:=rE^=£iz£z:£ 



-Mk — tA Uk — 'J*. — bfr — Uk jA- 

f-innnr-r-r 






what shall I do? 



3=fr 



r 



3 



No. 74 



A. E. B. 



Echoes From the Valley 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert E. Brumley 

4 






1. Lis - ten to the voic-es sweet-ly call-ing, Mur-mur-ing so sweet and low, 

2. Humming birds a humming in the spring-time, Whippoor-wills a call - ing too, 

3. Ech - oesfrom a win-dow of a cab -in, Ech-oes from the days of joy, 



m&£ 



a 



A A A -A-A-A— g-A—g r A— A-A-A-A- W A— A--* . 

K-K-S-Ut-U-S— Eps— *- S pu^- j— H— H— : -i— ? — *.— — — I 



•IA— Uk— |A— A— tfc— U&- ...... 



feftfel 



3§e 



^^ 



i^fe^&s 



£=fc=fc 



-y « -,* 



-rrrr 

'Tis the ech-oes from the lit-tle val - ley 
Mockingbirds a singing in the pine trees, 
Ech-oes from a dar-ling lit-tle moth-er, 



* "~^ r 



That I left so long a - go; 

In the ear - ly morning dew: 

Praying for her wan-d'ring boy; 

4^ ~ 







Back among the flow'rs and budding roses, 

but how I'd like to live it o -ver, 

1 can al-most see that lit-tle cab-in, 



Back to mem'ry land I sail, 
Wan-der down the old home trail, 
I can al-most see that vale, 



£* 



HirrH^rf-trf 1 






:fctzb=Si=b=b=tz 




When I hear the echoes from the valley And my lit-tle cab - in in the dale. 

^F — A-A- A~A - 



Fine 




TV 



» — =m-m-w-»- — =m-m-m — m- 




Chorus 



fr» : K ' m 



irrrr 



^fe^fe ^jfej 



mrr 



I can hear the echoes from the valley, Tra la la la,tra la la la la, 

r;-i — »..:» » • i » A m: m m -** 




I 



EGhoes From the Valley 




-1=1 



PP 



gg£MU»W*j. j §^ ^ 



Echoesfrommy home in happy valley, Tra la la la, tr a la la la la; 



*m$m 



:£=«!£ 



5=£ 



g=g3 3-jk-g -g=ga 



D.S. 




but I would give the world to wander Down that lit- tie winding trail, 



m=$-tt- 



^ 



— ms— A— iA— A 



No. 75 I'm On the Glory Way 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Flossie Blake in "Super Specials No. 5" Allen Ramsey 




mm 



=j* 



^ — h 



m 






*=5 



1. Once my life was lost but Je - sus paid the cost, And in truth I now can say, 

2. I am pressing on with ail my burdens gone, Darkest night has turned to day; 

3. Some glad day at last my tri - als will be past, And I'll live with Him for aye; 



zfer 

-4x~ 



-p— m. 



i=L±zi#_4=4= 



#-g- 



Ep^^^^E^^Ep^ggEEpj 



P— t* 




-D-& 






Fine 




*=2 



Since He cleansed from sin and love abides with-in, 

I've a song of love from heaven's King above, I am on the glo - ry way. 

Lay my ar-mor down and wear a gold-en crown, 

-A- -A.- A " A -A- -A- A ' ~«. 




D.S.— Happy praise I sing to Christ my Lord and King, 




Chorus 



fe ^ D-h^^-I^^I ^ 



D.S. 




-f=p 



I am on the glo - ry way, Go-ing to the land of day; 

I am on the glo - ry way, 



4=-t= 



-Mr- ~. -JUT- -Mr- -Mr- 






;e££ 



:t: 



_«A 



s 



P=P= 



^-f 



No. 76 The Gleansing Blood 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Noah White in "Super Specials No. 5" Clyde McLain & W. L. Harmon 



ste^F- 



►=^k±1 



4=q: 



n 



-\~ 



«< 






1. I be - lieve the Bi - ble teach-ing There is pow'r in 

2.1 can see the Sav-ior hang-ing_ On the cross of Cal - va - ry; 

3. Just as Is - ra - el 



Je - sus' blood; 
Cal - va - ry; 
E-gypt Placed the blood up - on the door 




There are man - y who de - ny it, But I've felt its cleans-ing flood. 
From His wounds a stream is flow - ing, And it reach-es e - ven me. 
To pro - tect them from de - struc - tion As the an- gel passed them o'er, 



m^mimmim^mmm 




=*F&£^=±*=£=± 






-a-J 



=1: 






I have trust -ed in its mer - it And I know it can - not fail; 
There the lamb of God was of-fered As a sac -ri- flee for sin; 
So the pre - cious blood of Je - sus Is pro-vid - ed for • us all; 



&»£^£ 



:|=: 



B 



f=f = H 



^ I, J ^ 



ft— ft 




is now too late to tell me That His blood can-not a - vail. 



£=* 



U=fctb 



H 



g=zg=tb-ti 



*=£ 







Chorus 



3 



'Twas that blood so pure and spot-less That has cleansed my heart with-in. 
I am glad I am pro - tect - ed, Bead - y for the An - gel's call. 

* fe Ei 



PS&=* 



3= 



5=5=* 



id_^L_ g 



Cleans-ing blood, gen -tie flow, 

The cleans-ing blood with gen -tie flow Came o'er my 



^=3 



-=1— * 



S^ 



fc tezz^ 



is 



^ 



t±* 



TT-T 



^-?-£ 



The Cleansing Blood 




& 



£^E E±&==£ 



EH — « 



==*-» 



i 



nrf 



_ju_ja 



fa-^- ^ 



D Cr 



-ttF 




Black and sin - ful soul; Washed my heart 

black and sin - ful sin-ful soul; It washed my heart as white as 



f=F 



€ 



^=-«- 






afcafcat 



*=3= 






F^=j— ta=rV-j— fcj* 



1 



f : 



1T 



1K 



?3z:zs 



rrr 



fe?j 



white as snow, it made me whole, 

snow, praise the Lord, it made me hap-py and whole 



SE 



»N* 



tt: 



£ 



It 



fefe 



Mem'ries of Loved Ones 



1 



No. 77 



W. T. B. 



In memory of little Bobbie Silvers 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



kRifei^-iS 



I 



-h—£- 



W. T. Buchanan 



£3 



& 



mz zm m^w^ 



y-3-*^q 



^=J- 



1. Loved ones once a-mong our number. Liv-ing in these forms of clay, 

2. Tho' it fills our hearts with sor-row, When from us they slip a - way, 

3. Let us for that day be yearn-ing Thru these fear-ful try-ing years, 

:sn — s -*r r -£-+ P—J^-TVa 1 rsz#-£~ 




Now in Je - sus sweet-ly slum-ber, Till the great re - un-ion day. 
We shall meet some bright to-mor-row, And with Je-sus live for aye. 
Have our lamps all trimmed and burning When our bless - ed Lord ap-pears. 



i£w 



m 



— ' P — I— r& 1 1 = . ji-j — = — s — A . — . ■ — I , 



rati Is: 



T- 

I^S. — Wait-mg for that sweet re-un - ion, In a bet-ter world some day. 





Chorus 



D.S. 



Mem-o-ries re-vive communion, As we go our lone - ly way, 



rmsf 

rA- P-A =r A--A-i-»^A^U 

• -i — -m— — ^— i — y — g ■ g^.' 



p— A A . A I pA- 1 — A — =g — A-=— gt 



§fea 



No. 78 



Where the Day Never Dies 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" Dempsey Rainwater 



fi=jv 




3i 



m 



=£ 



^tl w3m 



EM 1 — ai — A ■ — *j H " - I — — -5 — i J Ai ( ' ^) — *t 



1. Thru right and thru wrong we struggle a - long.In sun-shine or un - der dark 

2. All thru this short life of sorrow and strife, We're nearing the end of the 

3. When sets our last sun and la - bor is done, We'll sleep till God o - pens our 

-A — — W- 



£ 



■P— l-p — [■ — ■ r" f*" 



fi: 



fc=? 



p 



k — t* — 1a U U, i h- — £ — k — ^ — a 



ff 



fei 



4^-* 



5? 



^E— r-E: 



S=it 



II 



: ^=f=P^= H =P 



— i m m- 

- — * — F 



g 



skies, dark skies; The morn - ing is bright, but soon falls the night, 

way, earth's way; But all who pre -pare God's glo - ry to share 

eyes, our eyes;When morn-ing shall dawn, the shad - ows all gone, 



mm 



"m. m l_ 



k±ea 



t* — k- 



r^f^f^^ 14 ^ 



± 




£££ 



Fine Chorus 



m 



% t=* =^ m* ^ 



m 



^m^* 



^* 



i 



r z 



For al-ways the day fades and dies, day dies. 
Shall greet the un - ending bright day.bright day. 
Im - mor-tal, in glo - ry we'll rise, a - rise .When comes 



Beau-ti-ful mora, 



£p££ 



M 



the new 



m^M 



m 



k± 



v -U 



i U l> u 



D.S.-To live where the day nev - er dies, ne'er dies. 

.rV JV, 




fr d^ J .! ; i J ±JL ± 



^g 



^s. 



Ft*=-* I tr rH_5nF 



r°- 



won - der - ful morn, Glo - ri - ous day, shad-ows all gone, 

morn - ing, The shad - ows all gone, We'll 






5=5= 



1 



^ 



F^ 



E E E 1 



- \ m m M — -j - 



:j^J= -J^J 



1 



irtt 



H-i^^rr^^ 



We shall awake, out of our sleep, In-to the light of the bright dawn; 
wake from our sleep - ing, And greet the bright dawn; 






*=& 



S 



g^££dfc 



3=U-P=t* 



trtrtrt- 



J*— !■ «■_ 



£=TO 



J 1 * 



Where the Day Never Dies 



F 






Bod - ies all changed, per-fect and new, Glo - ri-ous tho't, 

With bod - ies im - mor - tal, In glo - ry we'll 




m^^^U^wm^mk 



W^f^B^ 



KB m m 1 



we shall a - rise, Wing-ing our way, we shall go home, 

rise, And wing our way home - ward, 



£ 



£=£ 



M 



FF 



*=tP 



£— C— iS- 



r^ 



"tr-tr 



No. 79 



Do You Know? 



: Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. J. T.Sisk in "Super Specials No. 5" Lester Williams 




m 



^ 



^ii^^l 



=± 



K=& 



-Al — *i— ^ 



I. 



g±$ 



:5=^ 



1. Are you trusting Christ,have you turned from sin, To the Lord do you belong; 

2. Do you feel His love, are you sat-is-fied,Does His peace dwell in your heart? 

3. If you come to Christ and forsake your all, You may know unbounded love; 



i^ms 




Can you tru-ly say, He a-bides with-in,Can you sing redemption's song? 
Bid the Witness come with you to a-bide, Blest as-sur-ance He'll im-part. 
If you answer now mercy's tender call, Ev-'ry prom-ise He will prove. 



-0-P- 



-^-BWr 



*— fc*- 



-^ 



Ej^ EgE^ ^jjjg^ 



=0— St 



D.S.— You may be quite sure.in His grace secure, If you gave to Him con-trol. 

Chorus . K D.S. 




S^^^^g^SSI 



ij ma mm a mm mm mm a x ^s^ 

? u^ i rLTcr 

Are you saved from sin, is there peace within, Do you know you've been made whole? 



=w=b -L-Lfr -r--£=^-£ 



fc»c 



=£=^ 



pE#£j£#^ 



^i — i— -i 



±=?t=t 



No. 80 I'm Not Ashamed 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Super Specials No. 5" Luther G. Presley 




Se£=£ee3ees 



it 



1 



— =*« — =* — =^ — =* — a — 5 — - 

1. Per - feet joy is mine to - day since I found the liv - ing way, 

2. In the book of love di - vine Je - sus set a light to shine, 

3. Yes, a sin - ner has been found, I have reached the high - er ground, 



i 



£ 



£ 



EB£ 



:£=£:_) jz: 



m 



£=£: 



rrr^r^ 






fc=J: 



=J= t rM 



3*3 



^ 



: ^ === t-rr~( c 



r» r* U 

y y " 

Lead - - nig yon - der 

Lead - ing way up yon -der 



to 



to 



y " y 

re - ward; 

the soul's re - ward; 



^^=£ 






1 



£ 



fW 



i=t 



^ 



-ft— ft- 



■^ — =■* — =* — S — a- 



5=£ 



-2- 

Ev - 'ry 
Tho the 
I've the 



day un - til I die I will sing and tes - ti - fy, 
world may oft - en chide, let me stand at His dear side, 
wit - ness in my soul, from my heart glad prais - es roll, 



g^l 



£ 



■A a- — a — -g- 



E£ 



:t=t==t=: 



£=£=£ 



rt 



-y— r 



« 



5t 



* 



1 



a&Sf 



I'm 
I'm 



tni lr 8 



!&=£= 



y y t> y 

not a-shamed 

of Je - sus 

—<M a! _, * a_ UA. 



of my Lord. 

Christ my bless - ed Lord. 



J^T- 



m 



~i 



Chorus 




I'm 



not a-shamed of 



I'm 



fcfc 



of Je - sus Christ 



y y 

my Lord, 

my Lord and Sav-ior, 



t 



I" " p* P* y~ y" y 17 I > y 

I'm not a-shamed of Je - sus Christ my Lord and Sav-ior, 



I'm Not Ashamed 



fedbfefeM 



3 



^f^Lmr^u - ^ 



I'm not a-shamed of His word; 

I'm to dai - ly trust His ho - ly word for guid-ance; 



^L-l-B 






-rrtnrtr^- 



iF 



f 



:t 



l2^=S 



£ 



*)*=£ 



* 



^^^T-Zj -U i 






— m — *) — «i — •)- 
On the Cross of 



f 



Cal - va 



=*=« 



-=4 " j *4- 



ry 

-A — r <* 



He was not 



T 



a - shamed of me, 

-= (*> — 



:fc 



£ 



tr-tr 



^ 









i 



3 



s 



:t£ 



% 



I'm not a-shamed 

I'm of 

P-g-ji-r-r 



f tr 



P r r 

of my Lord. 

Je - sus Christ my bless-ed Lord. 



J^J- 



1 



V— ^s 



; r 



No. 81 Will He Be Ashamed of Me? 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




s-i— I 1 1 — t — ^i—r — I 1 — I P> — f^ — -I 1 . ■ ■ 



P#= 



1. When I reach the end of the jour-ney here And cross o'er the roll-ing sea, 

2. Will the gates swing wide as I near the goal? WillJe-sus my pi - lot be? 

3. When they call my name on that fi - nal day, My rec-ord I clear-ly see; 

m 



~&& 



^ 



•A— A— A 



— — r- — r- — i-t— — r— — r— — f— — r — 1— — w — f= — — — ri^-^-i 



y u 






Can I face the judge with-out feel-ing fear, 

Shall I have a crown to a - dorn my soul? Will He be a-shamed of me? 

You have faithful been will I hear Him say? 



SEE 






No. 82 



J.L.S. 



He's Sin£in£ Up There 

To Elma & J. T. in Memory of J. A. Milligan— J. L. S. 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" .. 






John L. Shrader 

-IV 



E|2 



1. Our loved one has gone from this re - gion of woe, No more on this 

2. The one whom we love has gone yon - der to stay, A - lone we must 

3. To - mor - row we'll meet on that far - a - way shore And join in the 




earth to roam, to roam; His voice is now ring -ing up yon-der, I know, 
jour - ney thru, life thru; Our heav-en - ly Fa - ther has called him a - way 
sing -ing grand, so grand; Sad part-ings and heartaches will come nev-er more 



^L±± 




IpEEggg ^ g 



M 



rrr 

He's moved to a bet-ter home, glad home. Sing-mg up there, 

To man-sions be-yond the blue, the blue. 

Up yon - der in Beu - lab. land, that land. He's sing - - ing up 

J 1 J-J J -i -i 



m-- 



t4= 



£ 






m 



^ 



^ 



S£ 



tr 






^ 



fc=^ 



1 



8t 



1«4 



sing-ing up yon-der In those bright mansions of rest, 

yon - der In beau - ti - ful man-sions of rest, He's 



fck 



JU. 



& 



I 



^JU^LJ 



*=£ 



£E^ 



N-P- 



^ 



f5= 



ft ft ft- 



3=3= 



£= 



-ft-«J — V 



"*l ^ - 



-•I- 

£x M Ai- 



^= 



~a s- 



There he is thru, thru with all sor-row, Ev - er his 

thru with all sor - row, For - ev - er his soul shall be 



^-f tzz^ 



:t: 



£ 



f^ 



V— I 



£fc=fc 



&3 



He's Sin£in£ Up There 

- h w w Jr-*f' jP ai ft J ^: 






r >; — '& 

soul shall be blest; Yes, we shall meet, meet him to - mor - row 

blest; We'll meet him to -mor - - row With 



& 



PS 



-r 




a. — sa, — j^ju^^ ^ 



* 



==M=^ 



i=^; 



Ft * f ^" 



$=«= 



i — =1- 



With the re-deemed gone be-fore, U - nit - - ed for- 

all the redeemed gone be-fore, With him a - gain 



Se 



t=: 



4=i 



t= 



ifc 



-tr- 



£=£^i 



i i i q==f 



g=F^ 



he 



J- 






iy=te^^ 



3 



-9 L_ 



1 



e=g g ^ ^^-^=* 



£=T=£ Z ? 



ev - er Where sor - row shall come nev - er more. 

yon-der for - ev - er sor - row will come nev - er more. 



1- g 1- - 1—-£ 



W^m 



SE£ 



k K f ? 1 



No. 83 My Prayer 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L.F. in "Super Specials No. 5" Louise Fanning 




1. I pray, Fa - ther, take my hand, take my hand in Thine; And 
2.1 pray, Fa -ther, give me strength, give me strength like Thine, My 
3.1 pray, Fa - ther, give me love, give me love like Thine; Help 



£=* 



HH 



S&4* 



izrr 



&—m — 1 



fe^^£ 



_L_L 



fr4- 



•g r-./f ' 



g 



a 



^^^^^^8^S 



yt5 



■*■ "p '2?- -25*"! "» -2?-. 

lead the way lest I should stray, This hum-ble pray'r,0 God is mine. 

task for Thee make me to see, 

me to show the way to go, A » men. 

•m- m m ^f*- -m- bm- 



-f*—e- 



£=£ 



a 



ff^n^fF^ 



■r^ 



=fH=^ 



No. 84 



G. S. D. 



Wonderful Home in Glory 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 

-ft — n — h ft- 



Guy S. Duncan 




1. There's a won-der-ful home in glo - ry, I'm long - ing there to go, 

2. Je - sua came to this world and suf - fered on Cal-va-ry to save, 

3. Yes, a man-sion for me is wait -ing on heav-en's love - ly shore, 




S3#e=235^ 




2=3 



fefcl 






•B 



|e^=^^ 



When my la - bor for Christ is end - ed in thi3 vain world be - low; 
That thru Him we might live for - ev - er, He came forth from the grave; 
Where I'm go - ing to live with Je-sus, when work on earth is o'er; 

-A- -A- -A- _ -A- -i*»- -A- 

-^~ -I — -at- - — ■+— - 




I re - joice in glad con-tern - p!a - tion of joys a - wait - ing there, 
Then He went to pre -pare in glo - ry a place where we may go, 
I shall meet my dear friends and loved ones there on the oth - er side, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A-« 



%-b ■■-L> L — -k— | 



_|A f5. |£ A_ 



:t= 



1551 



EP- 



~p: 



j}~^9 



3fl: 



:3=;S= 



* — ^ — n 



I— j "* S~ LJ f^ — 1 



That the One who died to re-deem me has gone on to pre-pare. 
He'll re -turn to make up His jew - els and take them home, we know. 
Where, f or-ev - er more free from bur-dens, with Christ we shall a - bide. 






Fg=g=:l=i 



^ 



_5k 5v £: 

-I (_ — IbL 



4="— n— £l 



i 



:^fe 



Chorus 



fifcj -^ 



^PP^=f 



b * 



I; 



3=^3^3=^ 



There's a won - der-ful home in glo - ry, a ci - ty built four-square, 



R± 



BE 



-*- t £ z -*> — r^ 



■ 



Wonderful Home in Glory 



pb 



rr^-^r^-r 



~rv 



W&=id 



We have read in the 



f u — — * 

Of man-y man-sions there; 
pel sto - ry 



m 



m — m — m — S — 1 



BE 



-r*— -W 



£B 



fc5 






Where the tree of life blooms for - ev - er 



And bears its fruit al - way, 



wVI 



i 



£3 



1 



WF 



■|— , f* 



r- L Cr-Cr-Cr-Cr 



±: 



fe ft-rfo A "ft J. H JuJ-t-tP 




^ 



£ 



^S^^S^^iia 



Sweet com-mun-ion no pow'r can sev - er in that bright land of day. 



$= 



£?=r*=^ 



m=% 



$=$=$=$ 



^ 



f r f t ^ 



Miys 



£e£ 



fe^l 



No. 85 Christmas Son& 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Lillian Howell in "Super Specials No. 5" Ray Riley 






r 

1. The shepherds kept watch on that night long a-go, Their flocks were all si-lent andstill; 

2. The mes-sage de-liv-ered to shepherds that night Was one that bro't hope for all men: 

3. The shepherds then jour-neyed to Bethlehem's stall, Their hearts filled with loyalty true; 



& 



te+ t i t U — k— IA— Lk IA [" P— P— £t — W~p ' r _ 




l^sife 



^4 



=t 



a 



-^- 



p 



1 3 ^ -a-^zg-c^. 



i — — *<- 



r 



tS=3=*p--**3d 



The an-gel ap-peared, robed in garments of white, God's glo-ry filled valley and hill. 
' 'Be-hold , I bring ti-dings of joy and of peace " , A multitude joined the refrain. 
They bro't to the Infant King worship and love, The gift that from us is now due. 



■ A A „ g r SA 



=E^=i 



W — n^ — — r ^ r- I r* — i— — = — r— — r— i r - r-— ==— i r-r— — — ■ ■ 

^ i yEp=p=:| g -p L4 -y5pH 



m± 



No. 86 



We'll Shake Hands Again 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Albert E. Brumley in "Super Specials No. 5" J. Conrad Hall 

_D fs I , , k __i N_L Lfs 



iifepi^^^^ 



5P 



1. So oft I dream of heav - en, Be-yond this dis - mal shore, And hear the 

2. In life we may be strangers; Perhaps we've met somewhere, But on - ly 

3. A-far from lonesome val - leys, Be-yond the chill - y tomb, A - far from 




Mfij&JZ z ^^.ji < h $ 



pre-cions voic - es Of those gone on be - fore; 
for a mo-ment, No time to take or spare; 
sighs and heartaches,Be-yond the pal - lid gloom; 



r 



So man - y pre - cious 
We hur - ry on our 
Be-side the crys - tal 




loved ones Have joined the an -gel band, But when this life is o - ver, 
jour - ney, But when this life shall end, Some glad e- ter- nal morn-ing, We'll 
riv - er, On heav-en's gold-en strand, We'll meet to live for - ev - er, 



^^ 




all shake hands a-gain. Won-der-ful time, won-der-ful time, 

What a won der-ful time, 



r*-A-^ 



— gz ! — lEE a - f — £d t 



•^—yk- 



£ 



£££ 



rrrF 



w 
^=^ 




S i j- » 



By the riv - er of life; We shall all know 

By the beau-ti-f ul riv - er of life; We shall know one an 



1 



m^ 



fm. 



s= 



£ 



±=3fL 



pm^ 



We'll Shake Hands flSain 







each oth-er there,And be free from pain and strife; What a glad song 

oth - er, What a song we shall 



^t 






r 



When we shall go to the homeland,We shall all shake hands a-gain. 

go to the home - land, 



ZfcfcT 



*=tc 



£ 






5=tE 



""^—AJvA A A A |^"~ & I 



No. 87 Do Your Part 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. 3. E. in "Super Specials No. 5" B. B. Edmiaston 




=£= 



^=P 



m 



zrrri 



^* 



4= 



H=rFT 



Do 



your part; 



1. There are heav - y cross-es to be borne, 

2. Church and State are call-ing you to - day, 

3. God is call - ing work-ers strong and true, Faith-ful-Iy do your 



=fe 



y 







fctfc* 



tj=t3=P=t 




it 



^ra^s 









Sad-dened hearts and lives in sin for - lorn, 
E - vil strives to sweep our homes a- way, 
Trust-ing Him there's vic-to-ry for you, 



1£=fcfc 



Do your part. 

Fear-less-ly do your part. 

r #.'T~,~*'*. .^ r 



*£ 



:"E^?t 



^zzfcLrtfdit 



±- 






tr 



No. 88 Living in Glory 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" V. 0. Fossett 

1 PL 



I 






34 



:=te^: 



w 



± 



1MT 



_ _ - V* .+. t> .*_ 

y y y 17 y 

1. Down here I tread A rough and wind - ing road, dark road, 

2. My eyes are wet With tears I can - not hide, can't hide, 

3. My steps grow slow As age comes creep-ing on, and on, 



m 



-^ I*. 



3 



K± 



a 



4* — E r~t rT £ 



f 



^ «- — tv — A — i^—l 



£ 



* 



Each day . . . 
I can't.... 
Tasks bend.. 



fTf 



pi U , 'y U " ~ " y . L» L> 

. . . . I dread To bear my heav - y load, my load; 

. ... for - get That storms so oft be - tide, be - tide; 

. . . .me low Till strength is al - most gone, is gone; 



m 



*= 



ttK 



££ 



1= 



±= 



:£: 



£=£=£ 



=fe 



'JL 



m 



^m 



m- 



5==at 



- al — ad- 



it 1 



But some . 
I must . 
It can't. 



y y y ^ y 

sweet day I'll lay these bur-dens down, all down, 

. not rest, Tho I am weak and tired, I'm tired, 

.last long, The part -ing time is near, so near, 



i^iHgl^S 



%: 



£ 



tr — F — D — t^ 



5E3 



:N 



1 



-*=b* 



rf 



^— *f- 



^i^ 



>eta 



Go home . 
I'll do.. 
I'll join.. 



B 



t=t 



u i ■ F F u it F "F~ 

. to stay And wear a robe and crown, a crown. 

my best Christ has my soul in-spired, in-spired. 

that throng, ..... Be with my Sav - ior dear, most dear. 

tK— K-, 1 ^— r£— '-£ h r 4 <•- 



e 



it= 



+- 



*e 



¥ 



ffcZ^rz^rZ^C 



£ 



-y — y- 



rr 



1? — tr 



Chorus 



a^p^t 



iM*k£ 



f> 



5£3Eg 



ai ad n»" 



-^tte 



3dLJ 



u IT F T 



Liv-ing in glo - ry, sing-ing the sto - ry Of the Lamb who died, 

Glo - ry, sto - ry Lamb who free- ly died, 



U 






:t^f£ 



S3 



■gj fc 



^ 



i» 



Living in Glory 




z-c-r 



Gone will be sad-ness, all will be glad-ness On the otb - er side; 

oth - er side; 
-&- -*- -m- -*- -»- Hv ^ *- . -»- 

lg;=g =g"^=g=|=^-| i =^= ^3 g ^ F g=g J ^^= | = =e: = |^:; 



I- 



la? i^* ^ = *i~~ * — sr±=zzz2zza!-b a jgsi? — stz===35z 

t? « « w u -*- r -*- 



Hap-py for ev - er, doubting Him nev - er, Dwelling in His love, 

Ev - er, nev - er, In His precious love, 



* 



@§I 



*^E 



a 



rf}=3 



%---hzJr=i$^ 



3B_ Al__Al. 



•M±3g± =n 



6 



A— £— £- 



aj=^= 



fv=P 



^ 



Free from all sor-row on that 



-m- -m- p -m- 

morrow In that home a - bove. 

in heav'n above. 



fateh 




No. 89 



Promised Land 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
S. Stennet & J. G. in "Super Specials No. 5" John Guthrie 

•8: 






JE3=i=b=d: 



•F 



=4 




1. On Jordan's stormy banks I stand And cast a wish-ful eye To Canaan's 

2. O'er all those wide extended plains Shines one eter-nal day, There God, the 

3. When shall I reach that happy place And be for-ev - er blest? When shall I 




D. Sd — Sweet ha-ven of the blest; I 

-.. Chorus 

Fine - 



long to 
D.S. 




fair and hap-py land Where my possessions lie. 
Son, for-ev-er reigns And scatters night a-way. hap-py land beyond compare, 
see my Father's face And in His bos-om rest? 




^f^f£f?*^=£^ 



meet my Sav-ior there And with Him be at rest. 



EjSt£P 



No. 90 



The Harvest of the Lord 



Copyright, 1942. by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Clifford W. Hatcher in "Super Specials No. 5" W. A. McKinney 




l^^^S 



tr 



1. Oa - ward all ye Chris-tian reap-ers in the har-vest of the Lord, 

2. On -ward now ye will-ing reap-ers soon the har-vest will be o'er, 




if \> \) b \j -— ■ 

Gath - er grain for His great bar - vest for your sic - kle use His word; 
You can rest from all your la - bor when you reach the gold - en shore; 



fehTHti ^Nil 




^^^m^^^m 



Grain is ripe un - to the har-vest, ev - er la - bor and be true, 
Work for Je - sus while 'tis day-light for the sun is sink - ing low, 

4=- W- 



VVVVDVVV V 



±= 



fefc£ 



b b b ~*~ 



&-*«■ 



■£=M 



3=*: 



There is work for ev - 'ry Chris-tian, yes, there's la -bor there for you. 
Soon our la - bor will be end - ed when to heav-en's home we go. 



.p. - B . ip: 



§ 



$E= £— T— £ =^~ 






Chorus 



I -#T^-nS F 1 


" h <-•' — r — f 1 — 




/ku P ^ V. «J «-| N» 


r ' 1 *• « J 




fri?i> J ' * n *• 


» <h K S J 4 




ISJi * J 


2 p r i • j 




3 -^ * 

Work, work, 

Work-ing for the bless -ed SaV-ior 


* U u i> 

on, har-vest g 
on-ward to the 

f — =i — = — 1 — ~ ' 




^*»=^g c rt-g-f- 


r. — j — £ L — L — 





The Harvest of the Lord 



:£ 



H 



=£ 



a 



1 



■=i — s- 



:$3EEg 



^=t«: 



Work, 



work, 



Work for Him, yes, work for Je - sus He 



for the one who loves you so; 



JJJ 



r» - 



jj _j. 



*=fe 



* i - x 



H£ — =r 



-U u »— 



ft 7* W- 



5=+=* 



~\&=3- 



3=3 



Keep, sharp, in the fields while yet 'tis day, 

Keep your sic - kle sharp and work-ing while 



ftfe? 



-* — *■ 



*— * — *- 



i 



*=f 



tr-tr 



■fr 



tetfM^ 



» 



Soon our 



bor will 



be 



end - ed 



and we're go - ing home to stay. 



ft 



— [ J 1— # 



P-J= ^r?-fc 



atz:t=zt 






^ 



t= 



1 



P=£ 



£=r=r 



God is Love 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
John Bowring, 1792-1872 in "Super Specials No. 5" B. B. Edmiaston 



No. 91 




m — a — A- - JJ aJ — — ai 1 — -j — ^ 1 — a — m — £? 



1. God is love; His mer - cy brightens All the path in which we rove; 

2. Chance and change are bus-y ev - er; Man de - cays and a - ges move; 

3. E'en the hour that dark-ens seem - eth Will His changeless good-ness prove; 

4. He with earth - ly cares en - twin - eth Hope and com-fort from a - bove: 




Bliss He walks and woe He light-ens: God is wis-dom, God 

But His mer - cy wan - eth nev - er: God is wis-dom, God 

Thru the gloom His brightness streameth: God is wis-dom, God 

Ev - 'ry-where His glo - ry shin -eth: God is wis-dom, God 



ggj^jpgjgj^ p^^^l 



love, 
love, 
love, 
love. 



No. 92 I've Just a Little While 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps- Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J.L. S. in "Super Specials No. 5" John L. Shrader 



1. I'm on- Iy a pil-grim and a stran-ger trav'ling thru this wea-ry land be-low, 

2. Some wonderful morning I'll be go- ing to that land of joy be-yond compare, 

3. I want to meet Paul and all the prophets, walk and talk a-longthe streets of gold, 



i» r ft * 



heB^ee 



y— m— y— y- 



:zfc=L=fc=? 



« 



3=F£ 



f 



^N 



§11 



s-J o fi 



i 



&-* — *- 



r=j^[ 




-»f— s— =*i- 



Szat 



■T-r- 



I've just a lit - tie while, 
IS X 



Just a lit -tie while to tar -ry here; 



m 



bfa — bit — k*k- 



^EfEfyt=tESEEE 



i^^B 



tar - ry here; 



HH 



^^i^^ ^ayn?| a 



I'm on my way home to meet my loved ones and the man-y friends I used to know, 
I'll shake the glad hand of my dear moth-er and the man-y saints a-wait-ing there, 
But best of all I shall see my Sav-ior when the prom-ised land I shall be-hold, 



^Ie^^^^I 



M 



^-a-j- 



iM=£=to= 



I 



$=% 



*— m *j 9 



*=£ 



g- a! 2i - f 



LZJI 
1 



€T fT -*- -*- pa 



r 



Just a lit - tie while to tar - ry here. 
I've just a lit - tie while, tar - ry here. 



-=!— *- 



-bfc — Uk — bfc- 



*=g=g=g=Et 



- - - -^ 



FEZ 



1 



=5= 



3 



1 



Chorus 



* ^fjj 






es£ 



4Ut 



y 



£ n y - 



&)l3r 



^ 



r 



i| 



Just a lit - tie while to tar-ry here, 

I've just a lit - tie while, to tar - ry here, 

1 X 






^f =fp=y= y=ra a 



I've Just a Little While 



-*»—*- 






''t^^P^^ffW^ 



My bom-ing time I know is draw-ing near; 

My hom-ing time I know so ver - y near; 



m^. 



SJ=P=: 



Lk— M 



■|A— IA— Mk— Mk— * 



b_fc_JLJU 



Sg 



acai 






^ 



^btyzg^ 



Meet the saints of old 
I'll meet the saints of old 

"IS X 



PW¥ 



m 



^ 



when I get there, 
when I get there, 

-p- f^ -*- •*- t f-A J 







J 






^f 



=-&- 






I 



'*&m%& 



I U b 
I'll live for - ev - er in those mansions fair. 

I'll live for-ev - er in , mansions fair. 

S— St— S~b%— yk — — — h — f— - -^ — - = — »■— X— 



-=!—*- 



^£ 



aEiEJEl-^ 



No. 93 



Take Gare of Me 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Opal Lee Combs in "Super Specials No. 5" B. B. Edmiaston 




1. Thou who do - est all things well In this world of sin and woe, 

2. When temp-ta - tions come my way, Help me put my trust in Thee; 

3. When my eve-ning sun goes down, And I near death's chill-y sea, 



B^ffi^ 



« 



bE 



£ 



^Ni 



t 



P^ 



mm* 






^i& 



T 



Hear my fee - ble, hum - ble pray'r; Je - sus, nev - er let me 
Give the strength I need each day, Bless -ed Lord, take care of 
Bear me o'er the tur - bid tide, Sav - ior, Lord, take care of 



go- 
me. 
me. 



s 



:t: 



I 



Hfct^ 



^^ E ^tf^ f 



f^TT 



1 h- 



f 




Jesus Walk with Me 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
C. C. Yarbrough in "Sup er Special s No. 5" Mrs.C.C. Yarbrough 

i ( 




§s^ 



I— ^— *J- L ~ £l — = — ■ 



m 



In the days of long a - go 
Thru the wilderness of old 
When they crucified the Lord, 



all the world was in darkness, 
came the children of Is - rael, 
His dis-ci-ples were Ione-ly 



Sin had left its aw-ful stain 
Fed with manna from a-bove, 
And their hearts were burdened, too, 



-wt. 

on land and the sea; 
from bondage set free; 
their Mas-ter to see, 







But a proph-et, we are told, 
Tho they murmured day by day, 
As they walked a-iong the road 

_ _ -&*• 



walked and talked with the Savior, 
still the Sav-ior had mer-cy, 
Jesus came and walked with them, 



~-t= 






-BBC- 

- U ' I . 1 : 



m^n^m 




^M^ 






a=M£ 



^ 



^* 



=£ 



y:-* £"S/t : X^-uUrf =^ 



-*—. * 



As you walked with dear old No - ah, 
As you talked with dear old Mo - ses, 
As you walked with your dis - ci - pies, 



E=S 



Je - sus walk with me. 

and talk with me. 



g=jj=£E i&^=^£3 






Chorus 



-ru-tr-tr 



HV- 2 !- 






a — ■ 



T, ri u y 






"0 y U j ^ P b U U I " "U 

Walk with me, talk with me, 

Je- sus walk with me, Je - sus talk with me, 



g= 



1 






r d C 1 



Jesus Walk with Me 




La-bor here, 



y^y^ j 



As I la - bor here, 



£ 



till Thy face I see; 



£= 



till Thy face I see; 



m. .ft. .«- - m - 



I 



£ 



=HTf 



m 




W?=£ 



^m 



m 



-ft— =1- 



"D 17~ | ^ -"£ P p LT~ i 

Guid-ine star. 



Guid-ing star, 



m 



(juia-mg star, Ii 

Be my guid-ing star shin - ing from a - far, 

m m 



from a - far, 



i 



i 



m 



-r-Cr-Cr- 




1 



fc=fe=fc=M 



I 



i- 1 -^- 



tsfcfc* 



^2Z^ 



f $ : !>■ FT 



ft* 



^t"^* 



Be Thou near, walk and talk with me. 

Be Thou ev-er near, walk and talk with me, 



% 



e# 



a 



51 — *— k— I*— (s 



kL^z=tL=tz=i/ 



-tr-f- 



ISo. 95 



Sowing Day by Day 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & 
Rev.C. L. Dorr is in "Super Specials No. 5" 



Ptg. Co. 

L. D. Huff stutler 



*& 



I 



33 



:t 



:Sfc 



Pf 



r ^ ; 



-*• tK -d" -*' ^ " " d '^- 

1. We are sow - ing day by day, As we trav 

2. We are sow -ing joy and peace, Seeds of love 

3. We are sow -ing seeds of cheer, Those of faith 

4. Seeds we sow shall ev - er live, God will sure 



:^: 



= -3=^ 



- el on our way, 
that will in-crease; 
and kind - ness here; 

- ly fruit - age give; 



sm 



wm 



e 



--£ 



Ie£ 



-P — &- 



P^ 



f s =f t =F= 



F^ 



fe^^i 



« 



3 



a=^S 



5 



:3 



3£ 



3=; 



Sow 

Or 

Or 

Let 



tfd- "d- -»- 

• ing seeds of lov - ing deeds, Or the ones 
the seeds, which thru the years, Can but bring 
the seed of worth-less aim, Which will on 
us all be sure to sow On - ly those 



£=t 



f— f-MT— \ — F 



of sin - ful weeds, 
both grief and tears. 
■ ly bring us shame, 
we wish to grow. 
4- 



£=£l 



fc 



F-f-f-r" 



No. 96 



I'm Shouting hallelujah 



SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Mrs. Lucy Phillips Sims in "Super Specials No. 5" VT. Allan Sims 







1. Shouting hal - le - lu - jah as I trav - el On the e - ter - nal 

2. I have joy in go - ing on this jour - ney With my dear friend di- 

3. Hal - le - lu - jah now I feel His pres-euce, His spir - it dwells with- 

>— r m- 




=F£ 



£=£=£=£=£ 



^Ete&^iigi 



rt^-m* 



I s 



tr 



way, on the glo - ry way, Christ is by my side to safe - ly guide me 
vine, Lord and King di- vine, He will nev - er leave me nor de-ceive me, 
in, ev - er dwells with -in, In my soul the joy -bells now are ring -ing, 




Lest I should ev - er stray; How it thrills my soul to 

I'm on the glo - ry line; hal - le - lu - jah;I)ai - ly I am walk-ing 
He saved me from my sin; Soon my soul shall fly to 



S=3=tl=£ 



-f — ~ — * — F 1 ^ — tf— H — kd — tr — tr 



^ 



^ 



M- 



a|=4=3=a} 



ft ft-3- 



0— b— b— fch- b~- tr- 



*- *f 



— a — » 



fc=fij 



u- 



:q= 



— +> 3 «. C L^ 15 

walk this high-way, Praising His ma-jes - ty, I love Him, In that hap 
in His sun-shine, I hold His hand of love, for -ev - er, Serv - ing Him 
Him in heav - en, I shall its beau-ty view, what glo-ry, I shall be 

- \% 



-py 

with 



fg=g— £r—& 



h H h hr- 



■tr- \f 




j 9 
J* 



he fc^ he he- 



-■&- 



^=# 



-v— u- 



6 u 

Chorus 



^Ef^=£f: 









± 



home I know He's wait-ing There for me. Hal - le - lu • 

glad-ness brings the blessing From a - bove. 

hap - py in that ci - ty Bright and new. I am shouting Hal 

-A- A- -A- -A- -A- rt J _j /> 

r.^g— b -fr— ■— I * | r g ■ 't tt r- 



V 



33-- 



£ 



r 



S 



P 



I'm Shouting Hallelujah 






•> * :fTt 

to my dear Sav-ior each eay, I'm hap-py in the glo - ry 

lu-jah to my Hap-py in the glo - ry 

_4_ 






■—I — T 



^30 



<3>- 



^F= 



Pr-Cr- 



■ L -s|— ari— 



-♦ — ♦- 



way; 



: cr-r-trtr 



; "I y y _ y I 

iy; On some morning I'll fly a-bove, 

shining way; On some golden morn - ing I shall to heav-en a-bove, 

. , _ N ' * * 






- J _p JV 



-Ai- - 



J*J? 






=^~- 



r— »- 



j « — ^_#«— i — r | y — u — y. — u — y— I 

g [J C y r p ' 



:a l — s 



<"]/<" ^ y 

I'm shouting, sing-ing of His love. 
Hal -le -lu-jah, shouting, of Hisjwon-der-ful love. 



rc i D lJ* 



1 



-im- -;sm- **. 



i 



ft 1 1 



^a 



^~ 



^3P 






55: 



No. 97 The Narrow Way 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. McB. in "Super Specials No. 5" Jesse McBeth 



i 



1.0 Mas-ter of the nar- row way, The road that Thou hast trod; 

2. Mas - ter in the nar - row way There's on - ly room for Thee, 

3. Mas - ter Thou dost hear my pray'r, My soul Thou dost en - dow; 






BBBEQ:MHriffl 




T 



: r = F = f 



Ete*»^|^iife^|=^SI 



Let me be one with Thee to - day That I may dwell with God. 
How can I reach my home, I pray, Un- less I'm one with Thee? 
I am Thy child, I am Thy heir, I'm one with Thee right now. 

I ' h 



rE-EE^a 



ee 



js-Ts-fr 
t=y-— tzzy= 



E^ 



» 



No. 98 



Sails of Sunset 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music g Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Super Specials No. 5" Luther 6. Presley 

Andante 




1. For man - y a day I have trav-eled, 

2. I've watched the sun rise in the morn-ing, 

3. Don't weep when my vi - sion is fad - ing, 



The beau - ty of this 
And Us - tened to the 
If home-sick I may 




fas 



E=&- 



#=b 



-ai — ai — *-m- 



:$E^ 



S 



A! A Al- 

f b b 

see; Of its won - ders, I think the most 



world to see, world to 

song-bird's glee, song-bird's glee; And I've won - dered just what will life's 

seem to be, seem to be; I've a man - sion of far great - er 



J3- 



m=z 



tt± 



^± 



E 



b=U 



J=4= 



-D — Cr— Cr 




love - ly Are the sails 
eve - ning, And the sails 
beau - ty Where the sails 



b b 

of the sun -set to me. 

of the sun - set bring to me. 

of the sun - set beck-on me. 



i-j^r 




Chorus 

ft ft ft ft 



W 



Beau-ti - ful sails, 
The sails of sun 



* ' "" b b 

sails of sun-set,_ Light 



up the 
- set, How they light up the west - em 



BE 



:ts=fc 



p=p= P=p: 



F=4=^«- 



js=t=|s: 



U— U— CC 



1 



i=. 



£3E 



fe£ 



r> r> ft 



£ 



-ft ft ft - 



r=f 



;2=s -r'-r - L -i^p ' :j0 e = AL * — F =p=g=P=i 



^pf^=t^±^= 



sky .western sky, Beau-ti-ful sails, 
sky, The sails 



sails of sun-set, Tell 

of sun - set, Just to tell me that 









=fe«: 



# 



Sails of Sunset 



££ 







me that evening is nigh; " When the last day end - ed shall be, 

eve-ning is nigh; When the day is end - ed, 

A JK. jfc JSK. 



HIe^I 




* 



trt 



|EPlg3EEg||^ 






r f ^ p-T- ^ 



g± 



May it bring no sad re-grets, Want to face home 

May it bring me no sad re - grets For I want 



m 



ft ft J ~, ^ |fc Bk tfc T-h 



£ 




to 



with a glad smile, See the last sails of sun -set. 

be smil - ing.When I see the last sails of sun - set. 



-£— £ 



4 



t= 



fes 



•^-Hfc 



=&=£=' 



a 



.-*- 



P— F- 



.jA_J |a_ *. 



V — ^ — £«- 



No. 99 



It Reminds Me 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




±±± 



-ft — ft 



t-t—^-t 



iinfe; 



tf 



5Et^=^=2=^? 



1. When the sun goes down in the evening, What a beau - ti - ful sight to be- 

2. When the twi-light falls and the shadows Tell that night is ap-proach-ing so 

3. When the sun breaks o - ver the mountain And the shades of the night pass a- 

-A- A- -A- T*- -A- -■£*■ ,_, -±r -A- -A- -A- 




hold; It re-minds me of that glad day When the pearl - y gates un ■ 
fast, It re-minds me of the homeland Where the day shall ev - er 
way, It re-minds me of the morn-ing When shall dawn e - ter - nal 



-(22- 



£=g=t 






r r t r — "- 

_|a L. K Isz: 






"25*- ■ 

fold, 
last, 
day. 



-t=6= 



EEE^ 



£ 



FF 



No. 100 Dreaming Of the White Gity 

Dedicated to my husband, Frank H. Stamps 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Mrs. F. H. S. Cho. B. B. E. in "Super Specials No. 5" Mrs. Frank H. Stamps 




S=3 



m 



*— 5— jF 



S 



"^ -*- 



1. When the gold - en sun is sink - ing out be - yond the west-ern hills, 

2. So I dream of God's white ci - ty, and I see my moth - er there; 

3. Je - sus stands, the shin - ing Cen - ter there a-mong the an - gels fair, 




Seems I hear my loved ones sing - ing, and my heart with rap - ture thrills 
See the an - gels, bright robes wear-ing, on the streets of beau - ty rare; 
And I hear the in - vi - ta - tfon: Life e - ter - nal all may share, 

-A - - A- _^ -A- ft o, 

— P F~~H F !* !— — I- P !"3 — fi—JSte — ^ — ^ — fe — ^~ 



g^ TTTT^ ^ 




fa^B 



^=^- 



m 



As their song of peace for - ev - er, where all pain and care are gone, 
See them kneel be - fore the Sav - ior, pay - ing hom-age to their King, 
my friends,why not make read - y for the home on that bright shore? 




iii£B ^i pi^llii> 



-X- -S- -+h 



■* -5- 

Draws my long - ing spir - it near - er to the Fa-ther's shin-ing throne. 
Heaven's glo - ry shin - ing 'round them while the hap - py prais-es ring. 
Go and live with them for - ev - er, where sad part-ings come no more. 



£e£e£ 



£ 



f=F7# 



£ 



:t: 



P 



'tr 



u ^ 



Chorus 



-♦I — S — — i— 



£=45==£=+ 



s- 



#* 



of home a - bove, 



£Ei 



Fond - ly dreaming 
In the twi - light I'm fond-ly of the White Ci - ty, 



^*=W^¥- 



s 



F 1 



rr* 



ff=B£ 



rm 



*— ?■- 



n f 



f^" 



-*- 



Dreaming Of the White Gity 



: ^j : 



Bright - ly beam-ing, the light of love; 

While the sky light is brightly em-blem of Christ, 



f f^^^ m^^^^ 




lte£=£: 



1 



f% j- ' cjb z^l ^ ^^fm 



Hear the voic-es gone on be - fore, 

In my heart I can hear the of the dear friends 



^P 



1 



m 



p 



&^£a 



T7 i7 






Soon I'll job their singing.evening bells are ringing.calling me to heaven's shore. 

Singing, ringing, fair shore. 

ft 



^ 



^^^^^^mmi^m 



No. 101 



J. McB. 



Let Me be One with Thee 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Jesse McBeth 




-^ — s- 



jr-f- 



S 



1 



^: 



=r=^ 



one with Thee, Christ, Sav-ior, Re-deem -er, Lord; 

one with Thee in faith, See-ing be-yond the grave; 

one with Thee in love, True life of ser - vice give; 

one with Thee in grace, Sav-ing my sin - cursed soul; 



1. Let me be 

2. Let me be 

3. Let me be 

4. Let me be 



&g? 



-fe 



£ 



ise 



-li — i«c 



^i=l^ 



£ 



t=t 



-tr~f~ 



6= 



P=£2feP 



S 



i=fNi=^ 



=t 



-»M r 



p3b*=|jp^g 



1 



Let me be one in truth, in light, As Thou wast One with God. 

Let me be one in life, in death, Lost souls from sin to save. 

Let me be one with Thee a - bove That I may with Thee live. 

Let me but see Thy own sweet face, Stand be-fore Thee made whole. 



W£ 



3 ■ l> ' r - 



£e£ 



■K 1 * ' .♦ 



:^=fez:^fc 



I 



No. 102 



Love's Flowers Bloom 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" J. E. Roane 




i^piii 



fed^s 



ft 



*%*==£ 






E 



5=5- 



1. Since I have turned my heart from sin and Christ the Lord a -bides with -in, 

2. I 'ye learned to trust the One who gave His life on Cal-va-ry to save, 

3. The fra-grance sweet of Sharon's Eose re-vives my life from all its woes, 




t#S#g 



£ 



m 



t^ 



& 



1. 1? (J: b i) 

Love's flow-ers bloom ' a - long my way; 

Love's flow-ers bloom the up-ward way 

_# — ^_ 



Hi 



£=£ 



p 



fc&: 



■t=: 



-=l — *- 



f 






The cares that would pro-voke my soul are now be-neath di - vine con-trol, 
And now what - ev - er may be - fall, I know my Lord is o - ver all, 
The Lil - y of the Val - ley blooms in hope a-bove earth's dis-mal tombs, 

2^*- -m- hm- m L am i — m -I — -I 1— -I*- H — -**- "■* 



feEsH^^i 



? St 



E -.1 ■ l " ' 



y ^ 



H 



ft— ft 



fezd 



-* — S — S 



-P — y- 



f ^fr r r 7 

a - long my way. 

the up-ward way. 

14 *4L£" 



Love's flow-ers bloom 

Love's flow- ers bloom 



SK 



:fr- r -j-— t^— **- 



JUt 



Jt 



§ 



•n— P- 



SfPPP 



Chorus 




f-" 



* 



-— *— S^S^ 



~*" 1» u y u u 

Love's flow-ers bloom a - long my way, 
Love's flow-ers bloom ... a - long my way, 



xMJz^ssMM: 



ap^=i==R=g^^g^ 



^ — s- 




Love's Flowers Bloom 



ifeifii 



■£ 



wmm 



m 

-*-j 



The Lil - y 



of 



The Lil - y of 

e£e£e£ 



the Val-ley, sweet; 



*=£=%-- 



so rare and sweet; 



mm 



v 



M«*=£ 



BE 



f-f-f-f: 



f* 



i-4- 



s==^ 



-<; — I--. 



Pr^ 



=c=* 



-p—t- 



■\> 



m 



Their rich per-fume fills all the day, 
Their rich per-fume fills ev- 'ry day, 



$fc=3=zx 



£ 



w _^. _ A - _^. _A- .^. -^- -A- 

^J^- r-F -if-p-^-r-f 1 ! 



f 



fc^s: 



=^tzfc=e=Tu 



p 



S 



tt3d&t 



H 



S 



Fair Shar-on's Eose gives joy com-plete. 

Fair Shar- on 's Rose full and com-plete, 

-^- -a- -+r -a- -a- h r> ■*> h r> 

i- r- tr -g?-— r . * hj ♦*■-»• V-~. 



s 



-*l *- 



^— 6- 



g 



=^t- 



I 



„__ D — _ 

No. 103 There is INo friend Like Jesus 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. C. L. Dorris in "Super Specials No. 5" L. D. Huffstutler 



w 



4 



m 



=|: 



3=i 



5=5: 



3==Pg 



1 ' 

1. There is no friend like Je - sus, Wher-ev - er there is care; 

2. There is no friend like Je - sus, For Him I dai - ly yearn; 

3. There is no friend like Je - sus, When waves are rough and high; 



BBtfc 



$EE£EfEJ 



E 



S 



£ 







m — 5- 



=£ 



^» 



PS 



£ 



R^F 



With Him to lift my bur - dens 
Tho oth-ers walk in dark-ness, 
And when I reach death's Jor - dan 



I " ' -22- 

I'll nev - er once de - spair. 

Thru Him my lamp shall burn. 

He will not pass me by. 



*J 



tr 



^IIiTi^qp^=p^i 



No. 104 Keep On Giving Out the Story 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" W.W. Combs 

-J>- 



tes 



*** 






*=£ 



=fE 



1. Tell the sto - ry far and wide, how the Christ was cru - ci - fied, 

2. Tell of Je - sus' sav - ing love,sing of man-sions bright a - bove, 

3. Tell it when the day is bright, tell it thru the dark - est night, 



t^smg^^mmp 



** 



d=4 



«r — • — 9 — m — w—m — « — w— *-m — - — <s>— L w — h-y *-6r* — 



4-^-fS 



Tell it out with 
Sing and preach and live the sto - ry of the crosB;Heav-en's ti - dingB 

Give to all the 



iS^^Uppppp 



:t= 



f-f- 



n£fc 



d=E^# 



=f= 



& 



^SS 



3= 



*=* 



-a — w 



-g pd~ 



heart and hand, make it known to ev - 'ry land, 

sweet de - clare, speed the mes-sage with a pray'r,Sing and preach 

bless - ed news, souls may die if you re - fuse, 



and 



£ 



m- 



£— 1= 



-1=: 



m 



+=* 



£=F 



f-f=r 



Chorus 



W 









t b 



f? 



live the sto - ry of the cross. Sing and preach and pray and live 

Sing and preach and 



it, 



gEg=e=±A-B — F =z^t k E 



£ 



r 



T 






»y-,f. 



f ■ - u u 

un - to ev - 'ry na-tiongive it, show its truth by love 

pray and live it, . to oth - 

fv ^_JL 



ers, 



£ 



^i^i^ 



£ 



t 



fFF^F^ 



£ 



Keep On Giving Out the Story 



trcrcrtrtrtrcrcr 

Prove by works that you be-lieve it, oth - er souls will then re-ceive it 
Un - to ev - 'ry na - tion give it 

IS m 



£ 



ES 






f 



eeE 



f 



i£* 



S 



#33 



£=£ 



ji gjM ^y ^ ^ ^ jg 






b t> 6 " " t 

as from heav'n above; Keep on giv-ing out the sto-ry, it is full of 

the gos-pel;Keep on giv - ing out the 

F A <J r-A ▲ 4k 3t- 



y y y y y y y 



-y- 



i 






t 



3^=^: 



^ 



igS^ig 



grace and glo - ry, how the Sav-iorcame It will be our 

sto ry, to save us, It will 

— ▲ a — ^-j. — = — *., — a. — -*j aj— . — . 1 j- 



BE 



£ 



jEEfc 



» 



"y— tr 



y 






V W ^ '^J 'l> U 

theme in heaven, where e - ter-nal joy is giv - en, prais-ing Je-sus'love. 
be our theme in heav - en, 

& h * ft | 



:i — *- 



y 



'y~ 



—4- 



I 



No. 105 The Story of the Gross 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Etg. Co. 
J. R. B., Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



^^g^P ^^P^ 



1. Go preach the word till all have heard The sto-ry of the cross. 

Savior's cross. 



2. Sheaves to Christ bring and glad - ly sing 

3. Wher-e'er you dwell just live and tell 

1 4k A— |-A A 



£: szta ri— : « =fr~ k-EjEJEzj 



^g^ii 



No. 102 



Love's Flowers Bloom 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" J. E. Roane 




jzzrs: 






-at- -*■ 



1. Since I have turned my heart from sin and Christ the Lord a -bides with -in, 

2. I've learned to trust the One who gave His life on Cal-va-ry to save, 

3. The fra-grance sweet of Sharon's Kose re-vives my life from all its woes, 




Love's flow-ers bloom a - long my way; 

Love's flow-ers bloom the up-ward way; 

— m — p- — *- 



s==|s=s=k=:t 



£=£ 



_=i — ^ 



u u 




£=p- 



£=£ 




=£ 



^^SES^=tt^==?==i=?=? 



The cares that would pro-voke my soul are now be-neath di - vine con-trol, 
And now what - ev - er may be - fall, I know my Lord ia o - ver all, 
The Lil - y of the Val - ley blooms in hope a-bove earth's dis-mal tombs, 

2j*- -m- 9w- m L mm i — m ^ — "J *— -•*- H — "•*" "■" 






£=£=: 



^E=p^ 



pi S — PL 



1 



b=r 



£: 



=P=^L 



=t 



Love's flow-ers bloom 

Love's flow - ers bloom 



^ — -(-_-^-_L ^_ 



a - long my way. 

the up-ward way. 



i 



fit 



-=1— *- 



3=P- 



fc£±fc 



g 



rs= 




Chorus 



:£=£ 



^ 



= ^ 3 

-a — a — * — a — ■ 






P$F=£ 



n 



-a — =i- 



i 



i i 
y u u> 



Love's flow-ers bloom a - long my way, 
Love's flow-ers bloom a - long my way, 

$£=3 %— 



e£e£e£e£ 



-8, £- 



A A, A I 



Love's Flowers Bloom 



^^ 



£*» 



m 



=S^ 



-ft— ■* 



3 



r-^g-a 



The Lil - y of 



The Lil - y of 



the Val-ley, sweet; 



so rare and sweet; 



E£e£e£e£££ i5 = £e !e 



@ 



Pf 



T 



f=t- 



fa*=5: 



f-t-f-^= 



H 



s 



3HE 



5E=* 



Their rich per-fume fills all the day, 
Their rich per-fume fills ev-'ry day, 



L> 



£e£ 



S -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- 

J f " F-^ f'p- 1 ! ^ 7 " T " F-i 



F 




V V 
Fair Shar-on's Eose gives joy com-plete. 

Fair Shar- on 's Rose full and com-plete. 

ft ft ft ft ft 



£«EEEE?Je|e3E^J 



g 



I 



No. 103 There is No friend Like Jesus 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Rev. C. L. Dorris in "Super Specials No. 5" L. D. Huffstutler 




1 , 1 ^ . — 1_. 



5=*: 



-JSBZ 



^4? 

1. There is no friend like Je - sus, Wher-ev - er there is care; 

2. There is no friend like Je - sus, For Him I dai - ly yearn; 

3. There is no friend like Je - sus, When waves are rough and high; 



Bz?: 



fc£-± 



m 



— r*=-i 



I 



:e 



i 



&=£=£ 



:e 



eS 



i£=t 



^^S^S^^PPp 



y*. 



With Him to lift my bur - dens 
Tho oth - ers walk in dark - ness, 
And when I reach death's Jor - dan 



t. 



nev - er once de - spair. 
Thru Him my lamp shall burn. 
He will not pass me by. 



M 



EiilElii=E5lEp^P=|EpH 



No. 104 Keep On Giving Out the Story 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Supar Specials No. 5" W. W.Combi 

-- T>— ft — IV h 




=3=£ 






^=to=fr 



=P 



*£ 



1 



1. Tell the sto - ry far and wide, how the Christ was cru - ci - fied, 

2. Tell of Je - sus' sav - ing love.sing of man-sions bright a - bove, 

3. Tell it when the day is bright, tell it thru the dark - est night, 



E* 



pz 



I 



r-f 



i 



-^ B- 



£ 



:t= 



-y — v- 



m 




±=i 



-4-,-ts 



-ft- 



Tell it out with 
Sing and preach and live the sto - ry of the cross ;Heav-en's ti - dings 

Give to all the 



g§ 



s=Si 



-s=£=± 



m 






:t=: 



-W-Z- 



-9=¥ 



F^-f-f 







heart and hand, make it known to ev - 'ry land, 

sweet de - clare, speed the mes-sage with a pray'r,Sing and preach and 

bless - ed news, souls may die if you re - fuse, 



B&Efe 



ab'g k - — k k . k k 1 g -S-^ g= F= — r 

^— y — p — j*F c F=y — p — b> — fc> — £=1 — Z ]J — f— $ — J 



S 



Chorus 



*£ 



^fcW 






^ b l> b 

live the sto - ry of the cross. Sing and preach and pray and live it, 



m& 



-m — a- 



-£=gr- 



Sing 

-J-rA- 



I live 
and preach and 






Eg 



t 



=t 



£ 



tr 



sbtfc: 






D b b • -*v • - 

un - to ev - 'ry na-tiongive it, show its truth by love 

pray and live it, to oth - ere, 



# sr- 



£-+ 



— I-!— A ^- 



* 



?=^=^=F^ 



S 



Keep On Giving Out the Story 



C fr~ fr tr [r cr Cr tr 

Prove by works that you be-lieve it, oth - er souls will then re-ceive it 
Un - to ev 'ry na - tion give it 

- * ■ 



ee£ 



SH=E# 



^ 



^ 



f 



jfe j -J j jy— S^^M^O-Jl J Jt J j :; 



P5 






£=£ 



b t b " " [> 

as from heav'n above; Keep on giv-ing out the sto-ry, it is full of 

the gos-pel;Keep on giv - ing out the 



S?* 



^L 






i 



* 



* — ir- 



y y y y 



y tr t> 




y y 

grace and glo - ry, how the Sav - ior came 
sto - ry 



gas 



It will be our 
to save us, It will 

. h ^__ 



& 



b*='r=" 



-m — p- 



5 



y y 



~ K K K h- ^ ^ * ^ "* -&■ 



y y D* y p ■. y 

theme in heav-en , where e- ter-nal joy is giv - en, prais-ing Je-sus'Iove. 

be our theme in heav - en, 

m, n r> h ^ s j_ 



No. 105 



The Story of the Gross 



zzs: 



I 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Etg. Co. 
J. R. B-, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



iiii^ttPPPP 



* 



IS 



3==l 



rrr 

1. Go preach the word till all have heard The sto-ry of the cross. 

2. Sheaves to Christ bring and glad - ly sing 

3. Wher-e'er you dwell just live and tell Savior's cross. 
_| 1— - A — A - c a— A r -l-A - ^-rj I- 



-J— A— I — - 



^ 






"H* 1 



BEE^ 



:t=t 



E=tz5z=zz=a3 



f- 



No. 106 



The Star of Hope 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Super Specials No. 5" Travis Bottoms 

Hri-^M^-^-tw-, » ft n I s '* ■ -^ 



*^= 



3=5 



* 



E* — J J— d=£ 



^ _1J 



1. A - maz - ing grace how sweet the sound, there's glo-ry in my soul, An- 

2. He put a new song in my heart, a song of joy di - vine, And 
3.0 praise His ho - ly name to-day I'm on the home-ward track,No 



•p^g f g B u 1/ p— p— t rttr ^ F ^t [r 




3^*£d 



m 



£-4^- 



£ 






$= 



oth - er sin - ner has been found,I'm free and whole; I want to shout, 1 
caused the shad-ows to de - part, gave bright sun-shine; He told me of a 
mat-ter what the world may say I'll not turn back; So man - y pre-cious 



ir^-tf 



*=£=£ 



mmm$m^ 



f=r 



p p p p 



1 — t 



i 



ifccfc 



-H-fcSJ- 



:£=£ 



HB ^ ■- 

-^ — a — ^- 



&|3 



*=F 



want to sing as on I go, That I may serve my Lord and King who 
man -sion fair on heav-en's shore, Where I may live and glo - ry share tor- 
friends I've known have gone before,And so with joy I'm press-ing on to 



fcfc 



-A — <*~ 



U \ i. - 



->" !♦• 



-*► — r-A 



'A U, A Lft, Uk bfc Jk 



l> y £ J U 



1TT 




loves me so. 



Hope 



^ * B i rrr 



my 



soul 



more. The star of hope is shin - ing in my soul from 



that bright shore. 



Glad hope 

J! 



my 



soul 



aL 



-a — d — a. 



EE= 



Hope 



my 



soul 



The Star of Hope 




from a - bove, Je - sua has con - trol, His 

heav'n a - bove, Since I have giv-en Je - sus full con - trol, His 
from a - bove, Je-sus has full con - trol, 



J J- ,. J^ ,. 




n-v 



name I love; Gave His life to 

name I love; He gave His life from bond -age to 

— J-. A 1«> -5 r ^ P— 3 



-=l — 



£ 



:t: 



:t 



-F- 
name I love; 



1 — i 1 — — i- 



:t=: 






t 

Hal 



r 



=^=P= 
y r 

lu - jah, 



He 



fe]=d= 



4-^P 



* 



a£j£ 



£ 



■i 1* — ai — » 






q=3 



I 



y y 

set me free; The star is shin 

set me free; The star of hope is shin 

2 I s N ^ 



f~y~~ ■ * ^ * 

ing, is shin - ing for me. 
ing, 



j^JV 



-A— A-r-A 



m^ 



±z 



3= 



m^=M 



set 



No. 107 



free; 

Star of Hope Shine On* 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J.R. B., Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 




~ Al- 






-1=j j — -ft— fj =1==j=^ 



tr 



fe^S 



1. When my strength seemeth almost gone, You are near, 

2. When the shad-ows of night are drawn, You are there,star of hope, shine on. 

3. When the clouds hide approach-ing dawn, I look up, 

IS 




y y 

*May be used as Coda for No. 106 



No. 108 He Will Send An Angel With You 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Harry R. Justice in "Super Specials No. 5" L. D. Huff stutter 




azzft: 



s 



' L f> p — z =pz3r— r=s:z zgzzzn 
P 4-^ri — 3 - rS« * H — 1 — ^~FS — J- 







1. Do not wait to be a wit-ness For the One who died for you; 

2. He will send an an - gel with you, In the sun-shine and the rain; 

3. He will send an an - gel with you, Tar - ry not and don't de-lay; 

A- -A- -A- -A . . A- A- -A- -A -A A- -A- 



£ 



££» 



I§ 



^^psl^^^ip 



Walk in faith the road be - fore you, He will al - ways see you thru; 
Thru the storms and earth-ly tri - als, In the val - ley, on the plain; 
Has - ten out to la - bor for Him, Plant-ing love a - long the way; 



& &£ufc£ 






W®>- 



XjSt 



£=£p£ 



£=±==£ 






PH 



*=£ 



Then no mat - ter where you jour-ney, You will nev - er be a - lone. 

Tho the dark-ness be a-round you, There is sun-shine up a - bove, 

Lift your eyes up to the Sav -ior, He'll not hes - i - tate nor fail, 

tA A- _ . A- A- - A« -A- A- _ -*?- 



t 



a 



g^g^fijpf^^i^N 



te 




PSiP 



*- 



s-t« 



P A# 



He will send an 
He will send an 
He will send an 



an 
an 
an 



gel with you, 
gel with you 
gel with you 



To 
To 
All 



pro-tect and lead 

re-mind you of 

a - long the rug 



-&- 
you on. 
His love, 
ged trail. 



^tlteii^lii^pil 



m 



Chorus 



Hd— J— +i- 



=t 



x -*-!*£ 4-4-4 



:a- 



1- 



-W : 



m 



f 



t 



m 



He will send an an -gel bright. Where-so-ev 

He will send an an -gel with you. Where-so-ev 

'^- j^A-A 



er 
er you may 






t=t 



& 



-*- 



i^£ 



rrr 



f 



£p5 



He Will Send An Angel With You 

— i— S- — ■ Fa — a^^aJ am 



you may go, 



rC 



MB*- -f 2 



t> 



^Fr^—$- 



t 



^SzSe* 



Ete 



f=FTT 



u 1/ 

If your faith in Him is stayed, Keep-ing 

If your faith in Him is anchored, Keep-ing grace 



4=: 



£=££=£ 



feF 



s=^=gg 









grace your soul shall know; Let us sing ho - san-nas sweet, 

your soul shall know; Let us sing His sweet ho-san-nas, 



§E 



i » p i » 

rrt-. rS 

H 1 1 ■& A~ A— a - 



F=F 



t- 



:P=P=^ 



^£ 



A- 



I 



:£z LJ J: 



g-ir-r — it E hrtr 






E=^EE 



r-i^c-r^f 



It i "i '*> U ' " 'V w 

and fear a- way, He will send 

an 



Driv-ing doubt 
Driv-ing donbt and fear a - way, He will send 

. (*. .a. >. _ _^_ „a. -^ t^L 



£££ 



^=E=^gEJ 



:t 



^E 



i— r— r 



fegB^ji^ 



^f^#! 



mm 



w I 3 

an an - gel bright, 



sll 



To pro-tect you ev - 'ry day 

an - gel with you, To pro-tect you ev - 'ry day. 



P£f 



fc=5: 



fl= 



e 



f=F 



e=r-- 



liEi^ 



Send a Band of Angels for Me 



No. 109 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R.B., Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



fcs 



m^m-Hr* 



s 



-ft- 



S^i 



-*— fc- 



^~^— 



-— -^- h g— S — g — ^i— f±± §£t; 

1. When the waves of Jor-dan I see, Send a band of an - gels for me. 

2. When the lone-some val-ley I tread, Wings of an - gels o - ver me spread. 

3. When I reach the por-tals so fair, May the an - gels wel-come me there. 

-A. -A- -A-- -A. _A_ A. -A- j^ 



I 



3*: 



P? 



a — a — a — £: 



"J-+- 



-fcr— br- 



■V— b»- 



:|==t=t: 



pU 



No. 110 That Tumbled-Down Gabin of Mine 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
William T. Tooley in "Super Specials No. 5" J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



g^llp|^i^li##pa 



1. To-night as I sit by the fire - side And gaze on the em-bers be- 
2.1 see an old a - ged gray cou- pie Whose hearts were as pure as the 
3. man - y the years that have vanished, I've roamed many miles since that 



rt 



-fi^.J-JUl 






fc&js 



S3 



tnr-tr 







5g^ 




low, My fan-cies in i - dle-ness wan-der 
dew, The king and the queen of that pal-ace 
day, As when but a youth in my foi - ly, 



Back to the long, long a* 

Reigned with a love that was 

Left the old cab - in to 






^^^sa 



i=tefei=± 



go; 

true; 
stay; 



Back to the scenes of my child-hood, My old cab - in 
God's ho - ly light shone a-round them As tho they were 
Gone is that true lov-ing cou -pie, Butbright-ly in 



-P-2*. 



IUU 



f- 8 -^— p- V s p-r- r t~ t~~ ^ , -4-' ^ ^ 




home 'neaththe pine, 
an - gels di - vine 
heav - en they shine, 



Man - y glad mo-ments I squandered Bound that 
Com-ing from God out of heav - en To that 
Thank-ful they taught me of Je - sus In that 




iHiill 



f 



F7 Z 



%^& 



Chorus 



tt 



I J -f* « ^ « "< 



tum-bled-down cab - in of mine. 

that cab - in of mine. 

JLfc 



Take me back to that 




-*-£— lr~ t> 



That Tumbled-Down Gabin of Mine 




3 



fc=sl 



=1 , 



*s gc c ro ^ 






3 — - 



cab - in, Back to that vine-covered shrine, 

tumbled-down cab-in, Back to that vine-covered shrine, 

— E- 



£fe=s 



t 









p 



*ft 



t — Cr 






* 



5^=5 



*^=f? : 



Back to the days of my child-hood, Sun in its 

hap-py days of my childhood, Where the aun in its beau-ty did 









-**-£ 



fe=fc 




^=Fq 



± 



^— #- 



afczi::* 



♦ — ♦ -5 ♦>— « - 



F=t= 



-sq_ 



-t^trlr 



beau-ty did shine; I long for the joys of that cab - in, 

shine; tumbled-down cab-in, The 



S5 



m*t 



mm 



-a- .^. .^- 



t-f- 



= JK. 



4=-t- 



g 



5Ej 



[& A (A, A A L 



fcfc=p — tL=b=b=ttEiztz 



r 



l^^b^S 



ft-i 



« — 4- 



-Ai — ^ — *- 
that was al - most di-vine, Cher 



Love 

love that was al-most di - vine 



ish 



the 



ive mill was ai-uiuou ui - vmc, x u uuei 

— — — r~ - T" ■ «■• +■ n-«-^ 



I'll cher - ish the mem-o - ry 



Ni 



±= 



£=£ 



p—w- 



J-JJJJ JifrJ. Vat> 



^^ii^^g^p^p^g^p 



mem-o-ry ev-er Of that tumbled-down cab -in, that cab -in of mine, 
ev - er of mine, 

.ft ^ ft 



~BE 



1 



J J?:*?: 



-H— I 1 1— 



'jL » a Jg«L J? J 



■*■ — !■- 



^f 



fe 



t===t=t= 



■ » ■ ff 



tj y 






ei 



No. 111 I'm Gonna Rise and Shine 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

N. H. in "Super Specials No. 5" Nodgle Hastings 

for our sin to suf - fer and die, 

in the home that we shall all share, 

when I reach that ci - ty di - vine, 

[~Tj |- 




1. Je - sus left His throne in the sky, 

2. Friends and loved ones will be up there, 

3. I know with an-gels I'll shine 




L7 Z r U 

Gave Him-self that we might be saved, might be saved; So each day I'm 
As the praise of Je - sus we sing, glad - ly sing; my broth - er, 
Hap - py praise with mil-lions I'll sing, I shall sing; Hal - le - lu - jahs 



N£=fcfeEEfcES 



m^s. 



SEE 



m 



t— tr— tr-n-r 



^ 



gEgE^E^EsE5EE»EEE^E|E5^^iE| 

i v f* -■»- -m- -wh -m- -«■- 



trust-ing in His won-der - f ul love, know-ing He will lead me a-bove, 
if on Je - sus you will be - lieve, par - don, peace and joy you'll re-ceive, 
glad will sound a-gain and a - gain where there comes no sor-row or pain, 



5EfcEisEi!iE:|szziSEitszE|SEE:LsEz|s: 




Eise from 



Where the streets with bright gold are paved, streets are paved. 

Trust Him now and make Him your King, Lord and King. 

Thru the a - ges joy bells will ring, sweet-ly ring. I'm gon-na rise from 



iSSEfifesIii 



fczSEzk: 



^m 



:t== t==b: 



inr~t 



W 



SEEE^Ezt 



-♦I-+M — m 



3=^EEIE 



-^4- 



3=3: 



S 



earth and I'm gon - na shine, With all the saved 

earth and shine, . . With all the saved .I'll .fall .in 



M 



l -l^- jL -lJl ^- JLjL^-,, jU±J±J±JL 



£ 



t, 



¥F$ 



£ 



I'm Gonna Rise and Shine 



[ — — JL j~w~f ■— ~~ tr~n-zr-£ za __x — X- 2P «-- 



I'll fall in line; U-nit - ed praise to Christ we'll sing, 

line; U-nit - ed praise to Christ we'll sing, 



m 



-^ 



l^L^-T 



=i-*- 



fe 



— U — h — s> — V- 



±nM. 



n-*- 



li 



jjj^ 



-fT^ 



fiTA - 



^P^^ff g^U^^J 



7 u i« 

Joy bells ring, un-num-bered joy bells ring; 
While countless joy bells sweet - ly ring; friend, pre- 



£:l* 



*_w _ n-Ji-i Ji-Jn-J JJJ/J 



L *JZsfcI 



St^E^E 



P= 



-=1 * 




teE^^fei: 



M^-M^ 



W*=W* 



i=i^ 



FFf 



3=^»=» 



^3= 



p 



r 



^i — y u \> u bcr: ^rif Z U 

- Ofriend,prepare, while here be-low^ The life a-bove 

pare, while here be-low, 



The life a - bove 



te=fe 



t±t=4= 






^^— *- 



4=±=4=t 



i 



-=*-*- 



iiiS 



*=t 



'CrtrCr-Cr- 



y y u 



P= 



Efcf: 






n? 



with saints to know; Died to save your 

with saints to know; The Sav - ior died to save your 



s 



J! ^-£- 



I 



£ 



i: 



5J=tr=U_u_U^M 



-r 




^^^ ^B ^ i iiiSia 



soul and mine, To rise from earth and shine, rise up and shine, 
soul and mine, To rise from earth and shine. 



J- A JS , J WVAJW! JbJ -J-»pS 



feg£§p=^Eg^ 



g 



^^ 4 



I 



No.1 1 2 Love's Sweet Old 5on& 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Super Specials No. 5" V. 0. Fossett 




P=£ 



— rr-ft 



-F 



=F 



-2 — • — « 



±Jb 



*=** 



1. Hap - py in the Sav - ior's love, read - y for the home a - bove, 

2. Heav-en's bells will sweet -ly ring when we stand be -fore the King, 

3. Man - y loved ones wait - ing there where the flow - ers bloom so rare, 



m 



£ 



-I 1 1 ff g P J 



Ifok 



m 



^ 



$=& 



f. 



irtr-r 




S -J « ■« ■ r, 



-=1 * 



•g — <th-8— ^ 



Glo - ry land, 



sto- ry 



£=t= 



with Je - sua, 



Know-ing He will 

So to brighten 

He frees us; Je - sus bade us 



t K- — — iw— 4* — t — U — «l — 



■trir-F 



L y- 



1T17- 




|^^^^^^^^^ 



lead us on till we reach the fade-less dawn, 

up the way that we trav - el in to - day, Let us sing love's sweet old 

to re - joice,and each day with heart and voice 



£ejee£e£ee 




■V — b>- 



£ 



■D-D; 



-D-D— D" 

Chorus 



tr-t 



I 



*£=*' 



=P 



i£^ 



*-^~ *r 



rf 



i » t T£. 



f*t 



-al czrac 

p i y i 
song, 
sweet old song. 



X 



l^# §^fe^ 



Love's song, sweet song now giv-en, 

Singing love's sweet sto-ry as we trav-el on 



^ 



I 



^= fe 



mr* 



* 



^=^ 



-=*— *- 



-=»—«- 



-=»—*- 



We face bright dawn Sin 

With the King of glo-ry fac-ing heaven's dawn, in heav-en, On each drear - y 



-=!—«- 






S=P=^E 



£ 



-*— *- 



-5— *- 



FfN^ 



Love's Sweet Old Son& 






^^ 



-Mm*. 



mile 



-.s- 5 '- 



be - guil-ing, keep 

with a hap - py smile ~ We caii help to 



m 



JLJUt 



on smil - ing, We 



^fc 



& 



S8 



5= 



£=P 






5^* 



ft-=r 



© 



a 5 

1 «*- 



P 



¥aa 



N=±=& 



i — it 



SFS 



i=5. 



can cheer some one a - long; In 

cheer some one a - long to glo - ry; Trusting Him and 



#=£ 



-=!—*- 



1 



£ 



*w-^— s= 



j X- 



-5 — S- 



V * E F' fr 



f-r 



* 



J^TI F 



-rrr f-h 



■*— * 



f=f§ 



4=^ ^^ 



-=1— *- 



^n^~wf 



r^rf 



*i x 



§1 



Him we find true gladness, And leave 

clinging sweet-est joy we find, Glo-ry bells are ring-ing, sad-ness 



fe=e 



£ 



=£=3=* : 



-=»—£- 



-Ft— *■ 



£ 



-=i— *- 



e 



: 3=^= ; s : 



S 



-P-=i— s- 



*T? i? 



-^— g- -* 



r 



1 



be-hind, He is near us, and 

left be-hind, all sad-ness, Knowing He is near, giv-ing words of 



-=*—*- 



=3=£- 



* 



1*— 3— *- 



*. k P- 



rTv 



mr* 



1 



*r F* hf 






f J 



will cheer us, As we sing love's sweet old song. 

cheer, Joy - ful - ly we sing love's sweet old song. 



% 






p=*— *- 



i — =1— *- 



t 






:i 



^rr^ 



1 



No. 113 What a Joy is Mine 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
E. W. in "Super Specials No. 5" Eugene Wright 




1. In my heart there is a mel - o - dy, pre-cious song of God's love, 

2. Since I've found the road of hap-pi-ness, all my bur-dens are gone, 

3. Head-ed straight for heaven's glo - ry- land, I will nev - er turnback, 





*=* 



J- 



m 



What a won-der-ful joy is 

What a won-der-ful joy 

1 j£--J?JL JtL A A 



M& 



££ 



1 



^ 



m 



-*- 



What 



joy.what a won-der - ful 




fck=Ji 



V 
mine; 



Wf¥E 



-Al A A -P 1 P— H 



S=£ 




£=t= 



BS 



for-ev - er is mine; 

E r — =r~^-^ 



Trust-ing Je - sus for the vie - to - ry, 
Walk-ing in the light of ho-li-ness, 
Till I reach that blessed sto-ry-land, 

3 



^E£ 



£=r=!= 



£* 



y — *> — y — y- y—y— 



■y— y — y- 



joy is 



mine, hal-le-lu-jah, 







t*i_ijii,_jLj. 



* 



A ( AH 



?^£^ 



ev - er look-ing a-bove,What a won-der-ful joy 

drear-y shad-ows have flown, What a won-der-ful 

at the end of the track, 

'j s s r* ^ r* 

1 A!A:^iutL^L 
.n — * r » . « — 3- 



S#t 



«=NNN 



-IA— sl- 



it 



What 



What a Joy is Mine 



&=i 



Fine Chorua 






-fcifc 



-3—^-1 



f- r E & ft r p gyirf g^f 

mine, 
vhat a won-der-ful joy for - ev-er is mine. 



is mine. What a 

what a won-der-ful joy for- ev-er is mine. What a wonderful joy 

What 




won-der-ful joy, joy, joy 

joy. 

a joy, what a won-der-ful joy 



is mine, Since I've trusted Hia 
is mine, 



Ife 



^=$=0=2 



joy for-ev-er is mine, 



fc 



f-KCP 



f= 



Je 



b& 



■W~ ff r W 



£*=«=*=*: 



fc 



U i> U VU.-.v.jl' 

vine; 
marvelous grace so divine; 

ft r» h r> r^ r* 

- -3- F«— a- » 



fefes^t 



S| 



grace di 

Since-I've trusted His grace, His 



±~ 



-l^ — U— P W l * -pe- 



S 



Since 




I've trusted His marvelous grace di - vine, I'm shouting, 



e^^r ^^"^ 



Hap py, 

Hap - py I'm always hap 
I'm always hap-py 



py, 



Walking in the bright sunshine, 



I'm hap-py, 
ft 



P 



i^-^i^gSP 



Hap 



py. 



I'm al-ways happy, 



No. 114 I Have a Home Across the River 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" Joe Roper 

-|— rV-*-_4- 






1. I'm just a pil-grim 'mid earth's sorrow,So<Jn I must cross the raging foam; 

2. Tho from my toil I'm oft - en wea - ry, I know that perfect rest can't come, 

3. 'Tis just a few more days to tar-ry And thru this wil-der-ness to roam; 




:t=: 



mrn ^m 



-^> - 



U i U i 



ig^sig^s 



I'll la-bor till that glad to-mor-row And then go sail-ing to my home. 
Be-cause the path I tread is drear-y, But joy a-waits when I get home. 
Tho I a bur-den here must car-ry, I'll find sweet rest in my new home. 



m& 






to 



Chorus 



± 



^^ 



-p- P r* r i 



1 



WE± 



-f=F E P 



^=*- 



£r 



-J*— H—*r-x t 



T^r 



— - T 

A home a - cross the riv - er wide, 

I have a home a - cross the riv - er 



Sfe 



PP?P 



*— p- 



f 



^ 



— » 1 ^ — !-■ ^ — _J 



*! $ 



C=G=** 



n — .&■ 

I'll reach it some de-light-ful day, 

And I shall reach it some glad day, 



§5|5EHESE[^^j 



wm 



^=t: 



-P— * 



:«z 



^ 



IP 



41 



:« 



«£ 



^F 



With Christ my Lord I'll e'er a -bide, 

I'll dwell with Christ my Lord for - ev - er, 

,_|K p«_ 



g 



sto= 



S 



=1 *- 



3F=PE=PE 



*=|fc 



$=£Z 




fctr 



I Have a Home Across the River 



^j^= J| Z=£^ M ^-MU ! L-ti 



m 



* — S- 



fc TV r — tr-r 



ict 



T 



g=ab:ALAL_^l=3 



Where gems laid up ne'er shall de-cay; 

Where treasures nev - er shall de - cay; 



& 



% 



P 



m 



-=i — *- 



■P — =l — =i — F- 



j=fZ3| 



^ 



^ 



I U if ■!+■• ^TT 



a 



-*— * 



Ff 3 ^ 



T 



Join saints 
I'll join the saints His 



r< — ^ 

glad praise to Je - sus sing, 

prais - es sing-ing, 



m& 



WP 



^ if: 



-~br hr 



£ 



A — n 






y y 



& 






-=i — * 



F^ 



=^p=*=f 



& y " ■ • u 

Beneath 
Be-neath that bright ce 



that bright ce - les-tial dome, 

les - tial dome, 



S^ 



I 



^=¥ : 



:t=^ 



-i — i — i — h 



~\ — WW — =1 — 3- 



£» 



bs 1 



^^H*- 



ffl? 



y y 



I 



£ 



Pi H lJJ-A £ 



g y i . * 



=< — ■*- 



^i — =t- 



f^ir^- lr-r 



We'll make 
We'll keep the glad ho • 



san 



y y I "b 

the glad ho - san-nas ring, 

nas ring-ing, 



£>^*fa 



g 



&=^ 



-v — y- 



^=F 



S 



-=t — E — E — =1 — «- 



-p=£EZ£ 



^ 



*M 



*i i ^ 



e_jL 



=£=fc££ 



1 



■fr^ — X- 



rrr 



f= 



-=»— -si 



-P= 



Up there 
Up there I have a 



y y 

I have a last-ing home, 

last - ing home. 



B& 



A — «- 



p ^^f^^ E^Ea 



No. 115 Dixie Land's the Place for Me 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. - 
A. E. B. in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert E. Brumley 

Slow 







$= ^-^— fr=H J - fr 



* 







* ♦ o ♦ v-^r^v -v- u u 

1. I have read a - bout the beau - ties of the South Seas, I have 

2. There's a dear old cou - pie wait - in' down in Dix - ie, 'Tis my 
3.0 I hear a "wel-come home"that's ev - er ring - in, And the 

t - A n - 1* f* ^ ^ ^ & — 1* *- 

M7*=^-Et:=t:=E=t==t=t==E=r=t=t: 



S 



T~t 



m n W » she k hk 1 



* — =* — =^ — =* — =>< — =>* — =>« — =■* — £ ~H~* — *_ t ! 



read a - bout the cas-tles on the Ehine, But I'm think-in' 'bout the beau- ties 
smil - in' lit - tie moth-er and my dad, And the beau-ty of their fac - es 
whis-tle of the rob -in and the quail, And I hear the voic-es of a 

b 

-m- *P -m- -F- -P- -P- -P- -1*- -P- 



I^^^^B^^^ ^ ^a^^^a^H^ 



t 



r F — =ai — *i~ rr^ ^ <"- 




— =^ — ** — =■* — =<« — =>« — ^ — f — «hp^- — ■ 



of the pine trees Way down be - low the Ma-son-Dix - on Line; 'Tis a 

lin-ger with me, They are the dear-est friends I ev - er had; Ev-'ry 

choir a sing - in' Down at the lit - tie chap-el in the vale; In an 

-F- -P- -P- -P- 



@g$EH 



t=\=: 



4= 



-F — F- 



Jg^Egfpzf-^-* 



W — F — fe— F-F— F~ P F- 



iMMnw-ihH 



L-jpj 



r-* 




SS 



a-*-** 



£ 



gar - den land that na - ture has 
night they keep a lit - tie light 
all day sing-in' let me be 



pro-vid - ed 
a burn-in' 
a "jin -in" 



4L — Lk — l~ — : U i a - 



:tz=t 



feat 

Where ev - 'ry bod - y's 
And I'm long-in' for that 
And say to ev - 'ry- 

■(• — m- 



§HN£= g= 



■^-r-r-r^-y-^— rir-t- 




m -~ — ■-£« jg-; ^ ■-■— ■ — B9 — 5 — S~ ■ — ~ ! ^ — ■■ — "SB" 



jol - ly as can be And I for one have just a-bout de - cid - ed That 
lit - tie light to see For all the while I sit a-round a yearn - in' For 
bod-y "howyou be"0 "Lawd-y" howthiswea-ry one is pin - in' For 

-**--^-»fc- -h=- /— -\ , 



^ 



17 



tt-fcj-#=* 



Dixie Lands the Place for Me 

». Chorus 



mm^mammmmm 



: p— ^-"— 5— mJp.*^j£-. N-3— ^ 



Dix - ie Land's the place for me. I'm go - in' back a -gain to dear old 






-U £ 



BEHEttSEEE 



gZ ^-^ C^-aL.JL P L^_^_ ^ -^J T^ gl S ^^-^-^- 



rrrr 

Dix - ie, Down a-mong the cot-ton and the corn, Where the beau-ty of a 



£$$$££ 



N — p> — pv 



izH—^—^—J^ 



jrf 



ft-fr-jME 



-M~m±*±m 



Southern moon enchants ye And the place where I was born; lis-ten to those 






V g- p"v 



Iff* - — aP-« — j2 — R-t— i 1 — ss n -J ? - he— « - w— ■ an— *■ — ■ P i J-. — ^ — 3 

d * ^*V r* -w- -v- u a * 



Dark-ies har-mo-niz -in', As they" lu -la -by" a Southern mel-o - dy, It 



^p. — Uk 1A — A — sfc — P*— W~ 



tnm-r-tr 



7^ — r^ — rl^~ !▼- w — pr— pr — i rv — rw — i — r- , 






puts my wea-ry mind to re - a - liz - in' That Dix-ie Land's the place for me. 



Cr^- 



lPB£E£&^^#j^^" a=p=p=g=S== S^ 






No. 116 I Am Gonna Take a Journey 

SPIRITUAL 
Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. 
Rev. Alfred Barratt in "Super Specials No. 5" 

Not too fast 



Co. 

W. Lee Biggins 




-m- -Tf-0- -m- 
X 

1. I am gon - na take a heav'n - ly jour- ney And I know I'm 

2. I am gon - na throw a - way my bur-den, I am walk- ing 

3. I am gon - na cross the mys - tic riv - er, When my toil - ing 

-^ — s*= — I* — «*= — F- — ►* — f 9 - — f 9 - 




com -ing back no more, There's a cab - in up in glo - ry wait-ing 
on the heav'n-ly road, With the lov - ing Sav-ior as my Lead-er 
on earth are o'er; I am gon-na rest in peace for-ev - er 



^ B =EE fe ^ 




rrrt 



rrtrrrn 



-■- ^hb-bi- -m- -m- -Wh ** ** v -m- -m- -m- 



For my com-ing when this life is o'er; 
Till with Him I reach that blest a-bode; 
With my Sav-ior on that golden shore; 



M. 



g=iyyyj=l^=l 




I am gon-na give a-way my 
I am happy and I'm so con- 
I am gonna leave this world of 

-ft 






Be^ E ^EB 



ban- jo, I shall play a gold - en harp up there When the an -gels 

tent-ed, For I know they're gon-na call my name, Then I'm gon-na 
sor - row And I'm gon-na tell you all good - by, When the white-robed 



at-f-g-s 



m 



-:e 



:S 






fee 



fc=t 



:t: 



1 1 r- 



rrrrrrrt 




m- -■- -m- -m- ~&- * -m- ^flp-B- -■- V 1P«- ^ *^-s>- 



blow their sil - ver trumpets 
live with saints and an-gels 
an - gels bid me wel-come 



--P fcr he Ike he- 



V V b 

In that land of bliss be-yond com-pare. 

In that ci - ty of un - dy - ing fame. 

To my lit -tie cab -in in the sky. 

fc W fcg- fcc fce— P fc v ' ^ he ft- 



u^i. ■*: p^ m^ — v m*. z^ mcr- 



I Am Gonna Take a Journey 



Chorus 



p^MMHMj'j J^/Jj! 



I am gon-natake a heav'nly jour-ney O'er the mountains to a bet - ter 

-A- -A- -ak- 



■+— -■»- h m- -i at- -i 1 m- _ -■§- -■- -■- -■- -at- -■ 



P= rT - i 



rrrrvrt 



*• IX -in ■*• -S- 



IS 
land, There's a cab - in up in glo - ry wait - ing 

_tr_- — .-tzi 



fe ^^zfcfej 



±=# 



j >— 



£ 






« 



For my com-ing to that gold - en strand; Man-y friends and Io?ed ones there will 

_ -A- -Ac- -A- _, -A- -A- -A- -A- -*fc- 

^g^g^&g- g r- f i f '-i g , f - 



fetfe£S§ 



sett i t g5$ y|g ffi=^Egf 




^Est &gqts a^E^E? 



£3fe5 






: SP :: 3 



^=sfcp.- 






=3= 



IS. 



greet me, What a grand and glo-rious time 'twill be; Glo - ry hal - le- 

fee 






1 



fczU 



^ 



— — 1 — I— ± 



-i I i ' 



£ 



5fca 



rrrrrrt-f 



rrrr 






hi- jah I am go - ing To that hap-py home-land o'er the sea. 

—m 



-■>- -ss -E3- ■;■■■■ ,. — ss -■- -se-JW- -I*- -I*- J -»J 



rrr* 



B-.g...t) B 



No. 117 Ev'ry Day That I Live 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
L. G. P. in "Super Specials No. 5" Luther G. Presley 

- u-. — ■ - — -J< 



h^^f^^ 



*— ^ p ^p — - jjj n n t^ 



fi— i 



:^- 



1~ — (^ — /^ — ^ — T* 



A A A A i* 



1. When the world was con-demned by its aw - ful traus- 

2.1 will nev - er for - get how His plain-tive voice 

3. Now the wit - ness of love in my soul is a- 



-i .♦ ♦ i» [ ♦ < ♦- 



fc* 



s 




D-£- 



^=j^^g=gEg 



fr 



-gh ALAUg . 



* u 

gres-sion, lost in the night, It was Je - sus who came just to 

trembled, beau-ti-ful love, As He prayed for us there in the 

bid - ing, sure and steadfast, And it keeps the way clear as I 

— J" 

-*- -m- -»■- 






W^ 



&m$jf50&m 



3Mk 



^t- 



stand in our place; And I know it was love. 

gar - den a - lone; ... When I stand on that shore . 

trav - el a - long; From the morning till night . 

<=*m—m— r 



fc=tfc=0=tc 



£t£ 



■■-■§-!*-(*-■- 



$=$=$=#=#-£$ 




m^m^M 



=Pf£ 



m=^ 



x x v $ i> \, 

in its sweet-est ex - pres-sion, lead-ing us right, Hal - le - lu - jah I'm 

with the right-eous as - sem-bled, yon-der a - bove, I will hon - or His 

I am sweet - ly con - fid - ing, hap-py at last, In the Sav - ior who 



+rj A A L. I A A l 




Wf 



P> N 



-5— ft" fr 



^ 



$=5 



^=B= 



m~m =*: 



at a t a t a 






glad He re-deemed us by grace 

name while the a - ges roll on 

gave me this won - der - ful song 



y P u> p 




t pJU!J t p j ,p 



Ev'ry Day That I Live 



Chorus js rj h 









*=ff^ 



H K t) B t» p 

Ev-'ry day that I live 

Ev-'ry day that I live I will tell the sweet 

-»- -»- -»- *1 * 

1 |* — ♦ — I h f — ♦ — i^ — ♦ — m — m — (• 



$=*r 



-ad-ad— »— ad — I ad _ jg j -ad— a tJ-S a-ah?; 



tell it be -low, How the Savior came down from that 

sto - ry How the Savior came down 

— ^~ 



: ^ — I 3^— I* — Is — I +i- w h* B— 3- 






te£ 



I 






¥ 



£=&= 



{^JULP . 



3C=* 



I 



i=F 



*^*TtftpFf 



ci - ty a - bove; Just to ran-som my soul 

from that ci - ty a - bove; Just to ran-som my soul 



fc%ttek#fc££fe3 



*--# 



te— fjp w » |T J lT 



f^rwt^E 



ft - ? nr if 

soul 



£ 



make it read - y for glo - ry, 



%: 



whit-er than snow, Ev-'ry day that I 

g ff T.. I' ^r- j*-* ' * ' -. 



£=£ 






live 



7 p 

Ev-'ry day that I live I will sing of His love. 



of His won-der-ful love. 



l Z. u — ^ — C — !< — y— y — u — H — hr— 1 ^2_D 



-SJ-tJ-tr-"—^-^-^-^-^ 



No. 118 



W. A. MeK 



It's a Gruel Old World 

Copyright, 1M2, by StAmaa-Baxter Music & Ptg 

- V^ ■*-«• W J-3 ni -4 s £• 



. Co. 

W. A. McKinney 




«£ y y " y y y~ -*- — 

1. It'i a era - el, era - el, era - el old world we're liv - ing 

2.0 the hardships, .. . teardrops, ... thru - out this world because of 

3. Sa-tan's work-ing, . . gain - ing fil - ter - ing in and sow - ing 



■aJ ^ l~ y — arf — ai y r=r — = 



t& 



M: 



I 




in, liv - ing in, Na - tions fight-ing, .... kill - ing, , 

sin, caused by sin, Self - ish rul - ers, steal-ing, . 

tares, sow - ing tares, He is sneaking, .... trick -y, 



mul - ti - plied 
steal-ing the 
rob-bing our 




g ci r g gg 



b z. r ^ r * 

thousands of brave men, fight-ing men; the hor-rors hor-rors, . . 

rights of hon - est men, hon - est men; They need Je - sus, . . need Him, . . 
homes and nev - er cares, nev - er cares; We need cour-age, .. pow - er, . . 




hor - rors 
more than 
pow - er 



iT-S- -m- »» ir r i* 

J y I y i . 

that go with mod - era war, modern war; Lord, we ask Thee, 

earth's sil-ver and its gold, all its gold; Father save them, 

from God who reigns a-bove, reigns a-bove;Make us hum-ble, 



t, 



^-J 



■J^J> 



HE 



I h-- 




f-f-f-Mrir 



f%np 



i^-S- 



j^S=3=3=5^j=jg 



m 



'^Flii 



m 



help us, . , 
lead them 
Fa - ther, 



M 



ir T z r 

Don't let this con-flict go too far, go too far. 
Help them the ban-ner to un - fold, to un - fold. 
Help us to dwell in peace and love, peace and love. 



fe^EEE 



JU 



\ - Z ^ ^— *r=a=t=t=i=c=i= 



=d: 



It' a Gruel Old World 



Chorus 



fc£ 



:= 



-f-TT 



&£=*: 



«4« -^-tr^ 



l 



ffrnff 



>„r p 



J7^Tj r 1 "—'"'^if 

It's a cru - el old world, It's a 

It's a cru -el old world, It's a cru -el old world, 



m, 



s 



5 g S i 



z=k=I 



trtr 



« 



si g "S 







fv ^ r „ ~ v , c 

cru - el old world,Sa-tan's running the show, mer-cy he will not show, But the 



fU 



gg ffire ^ig 



=E 



4= 



t=E=El 



■P 



1 



¥ 



^P 



jpC £■— 5=| 



-tr-r-cr- 



tr-t- 



s» ft — h- 



gr= jz= j =5 



S 



fc* 



tt? 



Lord will step in; 



tTY 



isc=8F 



TO^f 



It's a 
the Lord will step in; It's a cru - el old world, 



ffl 



1 



p 



FS 



r 



i2=ft 



S 



X _Tr 



fcfe 






^tt=* 



E 



cru - el old world, "' It's a cru - el old world, Let us 

It's a cru - el old world, 



g ^SE^t 



te 



ffi 



S = f = j ii: 



tr-r 



:== 



fefed 



^^^Sp^l 



tfc 



Trn 



^-r.ftfe-- ? rrrrr 



b ' " ; u 

pray to Him now, to the Lord humbly bow, He the battle will win. 

the bat-tie will win. 



No. 119 I Am Sailing A long 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
T. J.F. in "Super Specials No. 5" Thos. J. Farris 




-m a/ +1- 



£ 



s^^^^ 



-*l *H 



-*l ""• 



31- %— %— %~ 



-&—* 



1. Go - ing to my home just o - ver yon - der, trust -ing in my 

2. I shall an-chor in the port of glo - ry, o - ver in the 

3. On -ward I am go - ing to that ci - ty where the ev - er- 



gj£ =£ = £ ^ £=g=£=L- £= £EJ=| EE^E|El 



-r-r- tr- rir-ts— D— 5 



-Uk Mk A 



& 



^^^g^ 



55- ffg 5 s— 5-ftg^- 



Sav - ior's boundless love, 
land of end - less day, 
last - ing prais-es ring, I am sail - ing a - long, 



I am sail - ing a - long 



jj^ yj a 






r-tnnnr-f 



^ZTJtfe^=3=E^ 



^ 



^^^ 



to the glo - ry land; 



n 



ff=s^=s= 



T> b 



f 



3=3=^ 



Press-ing o'er the foam a- 
Fol - low - ing my Pi - lot, 
to the glo - ry land; I can hear the joy - ous 



fe 



935F& 



-h » — tit — hr j 1 h- 



P=T=^=t/ 



^-r-T-finr- 






gainst the bil -lows, driving for the port of light a-bove, 

Christ the Sav-ior, I can nev-er miss the shin-ingway,I am sail-ing a- 

bells of heav-en, chim-ing with the mil-lions a3 they sing, 



tE^ 



-A— A- 



£S±-£ 



.r= : F=F 



w 



±=£ 



-!A- -4*. — Uk— Uk — Uk 



y D $ t P $~ 



L^- 



:tn=tz 



E 



-4- 



, MJJ-i rJ=r ^ 7 



^ 



1T 



:^zr_^r 



2=* 



p=N= 



long, 



I am sail-ing a -long to the glo - ry land. 



r.o^nr 



▲ A. A A A A |A_ 



B^EgEgEg E££EfrEf 



-P- 



to the glo - ry land. 

*2£JU 



m 



I Am Sailing Along 



p 



Chorus 



-*- 



A 



^^ 



*fe 



a 



S 



*:=£ 



*i — S- 



What a won -der - ful feeling 
What a won - der - ful f eel-ing down deep in my 



-=i — *- 



T-ittnrtrrr 



sfe 



fe=qS=|£=fat3 



3335B 



S=ES 



=1 — ♦ — ♦ 



- — ♦ — ♦ — ♦ — ♦> — ♦ — 



~*-9-&&^—r 



b 9 



tvf 



down deep in my soul, I am sail - ing a - long 

soul, I am sail-ing a - long 

J jti . 



_PB_^«1 EH m 



g^-b-b=b=b--^r- 



tr-nrtr-tr 



r£— +1— AJ ^ h -y 



1 



^y 



z-wLiat 



=1" 



^Xftlrtrf 



y-yi a 



to the glo - ry land; 1 am near-ing the 

to the glo-ry land; I am nearing the ci - ty, 




_ A _ A _„J1 






& MJJ . 



f 



«=f 



±fc 



£=J«F3=£: 



-■ — «d 



-=*— 9- 



^Z^_-&-^£=t 



— ■— ff— 



irri* 



^ 



£5~- 



ci - ty, my Lord has con-trol, 

my Lord has con - trol, I am sail-ing a- 



i J J* j j J 



a— ^— £- 



fe= 



^ 



-f— e — y — 1» 




f= 






I am sail-ing a -long to the glo-ry land, 
long to the glo - ry land. 



#=F=r 



*=££=^ 



^P 



H 



No. 120 



J. B.C. 



The Sinner's Plea 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" J. B. Coats 






1. Far in the depths and death nearing, No-bod-y's pray'rs I am hear - ing, 

2. In Thy great book's precious pages, I read of saints and the sag - es, 

3. Touch me, Thou canst.sin re-liev- ing, Heal my sick soul, no more grieving, 

1= 






9 — » — F — W- ■ 



tr-=b=p=U=tn 



j*_ A_ l|i^__ (S_!_ 



trir-ir 




Now for my soul I am fear - ing, Lord please save me now. 

Lift - ed from sin thru the a - ges, 

Have mer-cy my soul re - ceiv - ing, save me now. 



-F— F— F— F 



k 



t=— F- 



F — ife- 



J«> J 



y u u l i> 



Chorus Slow 



M= 



45=^5: 



£=«=^ 



^^W^^^^^^^ 



Je - sus hear me, be thou near me, 

I am lone and sad, lost the joy I had, 



Em 



a — n — ! H"" 1 — mc — 

^P^^EEEE^E3SE 




^SfeW^z^zto 



f^H-^— * 



M-% 



Lord please save my poor, lost, dy-ing soul; Sa-tan 

Lord please save my dy - ing soul; Sa - tan tempts me 



t=i4r_ 



mM^ 



4=--^-- 



-IK- -»- 



£ 



i 



«=- 



SB 



v — p=w 




M=^ 



« 



* rr— 1- 1-- 1 1 1 -m — m — m 



ev - er, leaves me nev - er, 

sore, leaves me nev-er more, 



Wild - ly 

Wild the bil-low8 



4* — £-= 



tmm 



_rjs — |2M- 



*=tc 



*=# 



The Sinner's Plea 



i£i§=E? 



£=* 



£-£= 



i 



:fr=t 



:t=#*--t=; 







f 



T 



r 



bil - lows a-round me now roll; There is no oth - er 

round me roll; There's no oth-er way to 



Mrf= 



gE^=l 



f= 



£ 



l^£ 



r 



* 



:£ 



F — F 
i — 
i— — 



rrr 






g-"g- g- f 



way to reach beav- en, 'Tis on - ly thru Thy most 

heav - - - en, On - - ly thru Thy blest con-v 



*SE=E=^=t=& 



j= 



£=£ 



S=* 



?=£ 



« 







y "p- v*- y ' p g 

bless-ed con-trol; Lord I need Thee, Mas-ter 

trol; Lord I need Thee now, as I humbly 



- j^- -(*- H — - I*- 

PU — » — F — t 



-tr- 



E£ 



13 



fe^ 



irf-E^r 



s 



fc=fcc 




^=^^=^: 



h h 



^£ ^ 1 






heed me, Lord please save my poor, lost, dy-ing soul, 

bow, Lord please save my dy - ing soul. 

"" I*- ♦ 



fe=£ 



raa 



--£-_-[=-- 



t^t 






IS 



is^l* 1- 



£e* 



:f- 



Coda 



ttfcfspfs: 






a 



^ — h. 



n-^3 



-«* — « 1 — i- 



Lord please save my poor, lost, dying soul, Dy-ing, dy-ing soul. 

Lord please save my dy - ing soul, My dy - ing soul. 






^£ 



- »■ d 



IT? 






i 



No. 121 



I Must Not Pail to Go 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
J. R. Baxter, Jr. in "Super Specials No. 5" Dwight Brock 



gaSpE^EfE^Ej 



1. Earth to me holds man - y a treas - ure, I love the work I 

2. How I love to join friends in sing - ing Prais - es to God a- 

kflR- -»- -W- --- -— - b_. 



£ 



E 



fc=fc 



& 



rr h- 



:E 



t=t 



5— r— tr 



i 






do, I do, Eos-es a -long my path brbg pleasure, Friendships have 
bove, a-bove, It thrills my soul to hear it ring -ing,Mu -sic of 



"•& 



£ 



£^£ 



is — r~ r — |g 



fe=* 






s 



?s 



ftlfc 



F^=F 



I I Ti «- 



ffi 



=1? 



■ -**£■ 

-Hi- p 

I I 

prov - en true, so true; 
hope and love, pure love; 

J J- J. 



:p: 



Tho each day my love grows still fond - er, 
Yet there comes a mo - ment of sad - ness, 

3= 



P 



-+-0-P- 



lEEfeEEEife^EEi 



-££ee±ee£ 



£ 



-ft — I- 



i& 



— ^ — ^ — as M — 






£ 



-i^-t*- 



-*-»--^ 



£=^ 



This life can't last I know, I know, Heav-en is wait -ing o - yer 
Part-ing will come we know, we know, Heav-en a - waits where all is 

J l -J A . A 



1 T- 



m 



fcfc 



ft 



±r 



trrir 



rr^r 



:t: 




^=q= 



Chorus 



&-r-r 



a 



^^e* 



-I ft — I 1- 1- 






TK * 



yon-der, I must not fail to go. Loved ones are wait-ing 

glad-ness, to go. Loved ones wait 



r.r u^ 



joved ones stand and wait 



I Must Not Pail to Go 



:d2 



there to greet me, I must not fail to go, 

there to greet me, to go, 






tr r cr r— r- 



^ 



^ 



e 



5 



r 

Je - sua 
Christ 



i£ 



my bless - ed Lord will meet me, 
the blest Lord will meet me, 



— -£■ — i 



JViS Jl J 



S=ff==fc: 



m ^-^-F 



Je - sus Christ the blest 



jN: 



:J-J-h 



3=3=2 



w 



— s^r 



Mansions pre-pared He'll show; 

glad - ly show; 



Sa - tan 
Sin 



1r-tr 



will do 



will do his 



fik hr- 

Am — m- 



_,*_jf*-_>^ 



-J- JBL 



: E 



^J2: 



: ^^=^ 



4=: 






fc*=# 



g g x 



Sa - tan here will do 




i^ 



± 



♦i3z±s~3 — a _ i ■ LL-T — g — P~ =:^d 



F*=P 



best to cheat me, Hid-ing sin's bonds I know, 

best to cheat me, I know, 



*± 



*= 




e 



] :L_ 



it: 



zt: 



Loved ones are wait-ing there to greet me, I must not fail to go 



:t. 



-<*- -p»- 



fc 



JEEmm 

fr-. r. c t 



fejsL ., 



r^ i 



E£*iSfcfcMr* 



i± 



:£=£t±=: 



:t: 



to go. 



fegg Sss^aj 



No. 122 i Love the Memory of my Home 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



J. R. Baxter, Jr. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



Emory S. Peck 




— P — P>— -F — i * I "^^ 



=fE 



1. So oft - en I am dream-ing of days that used to be, When 
2.1 love to stop and pon-der the days of long a - go, With 



4z£ 



l^fe|Et=i 



S 



*=& 



FFR 



-Pn — rt 

abtii: — r 1 



£=S 



=£ 



-a — *! — s- 



3=2=3 



=£=3 



3 



springs of joy came streaming to bring me child - ish glee; That 
play-mates dai - ly wan - der the hills and vales be - low; 



w 



—A — fc*- 



:£= 



> — ^ 



1 



=£=£= 



£ 



:t= 



f 



rrrr 



al^^ ad a l 2d=2 feg— E a) a! *^3=3z± 



*-* -•- -J^ 



I** 

light of love still gleam-ing, in fan - cy I can see, And to- 
how my heart grows fond - er of friends I used to know, 



U 



£=#■£=£=£=£: 



•^ — h- 



£ 



fct 



£ 



r-^-F-^-np 






s 



day I still love the mem - 'ry of my hap - py home. 

of my home, 



!* «- 



J^JJJ 



m 



h 



-A ▲ (■ 



-&=zK 



^i= 



rtr 



Chorus 






S 



I love the mem-o - ry of my home, 

I love of my home, The hills and 



I Love the Memory of my Home 

£4» 



m m^mm ^mmm 



r 

Hills and vales in childhood I 
vales 



it 



£-e-* 



should like to roam, 
used to roam, I nev-er 

k+~ -.km..*. 






*-g 



t3=tC 



i 



-=1 — K- 






E£ 






±- J 



S^P 



^^FtF 



ft 



Nev - er shall for - get hap - py home; 

shall that hap - py home; From 



j£l 



g=g 



-t: 



£=* 



£ 



3&=fc 



V X — ~ 7\ 



S^BB 



ptfaP= 



rr 



^F 



From all care and wor - ry then I was free, 

care I was free, 



m 




i 



£ 



$££: 



:£=£=£: 



fee 



£=£ 



J- 



^-a-^-a- 



*= 



£= 



i 



I 1_ — p k_ qi 



^- 



-, a_ 



£=$=F 



-v — y — y- 



^ — e> — y- 



play - mates sang with childish glee, 

My play-mates hearts full of glee, Yes, fond-ly I 

£: £: ±: jlj- -■- ±: fet jk. b-. .*. 



-=1 — *- 



M 



fcfc* 



i£ 



J^A 



=fi 



sma^ j 



^— *- 






i 5 ^^ 



pss^ 



r 



Yes, I love the mem-o - ry of my hap-py childhood home. 

love of my home. 



£ 



a— aha — nk— 1 4> Uk kk 



_tl 






#=£ 






=r 



No. 123 I Need the Love of my Lord 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



W.E.H. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



Walter E.Howell 




1. I need the love of my Lord, the sav-ing pow'r of His word, To help me 

2. I've been a trav-el - er on this rug-ged road since the dawn, I've faced the 



s 






=fc=t=Fte=c 



=E 



St 



-y — fc> 



-f*- 



&=P=& 



si- 

V 



■ad — ^ — 9 



ZTtiZTZM 



— 1-^==^— I 1- 1 ^ hM — ^ M K 

ff- -»- p» -*- -*- -s-HT - - -4 «^ 



y y U i - - - if 
fight the good fight with this load, this great load, I need the strength of His arm 
dan-gersthat threat-en the soul, my poor soul, I've found that life is too much 



^& 



tfe. 



JUfcJU 



I 



£$eee£e£e£ 



-y— h 



TTF 



; f=t=e 



e£ 



I— «!— ^ *i— A l ^ Z 5— w— W— » — W— 2-43 



=£t 



-^- v -^- -a»- -^- -^p- _^- 



^ ad- 



£±s: 



to keep me safe from all harm And lead me gen - tly a-down this lone - ly 
with-out the com-fort-ing touch Of Him who helps us to reach that shin-ing 



fafc 



t=t 



-M 1* — tfc — fc— 



se^ee 



Bfc-te-fcfc 



1 



:tr-tz=t 



£ 



tn=U 



■fc*— he ft* 1 ± 



=-^— s-^— j!-^i— *-ra a! a J — ad — aJ — ^j-i i ^FS— ah- ai— *pl 
\j u l» I ' ™ -^- -m- -m- ™ ■ -*- 



road, this rough road; I need the light from a-bove,the joy that comes from His love, 
goal, the true goal; I need this Pi - lot to guide my soul o'er Jordan's rough tide, 



-£=£: 



garrm 



ft^f=TF 



e- 



E-t-b-t 






iMT 



I If . 
The pow-er giv - en to those that o-bey, Him o-bey; I need His guidance so true, 
To free-ly aid me in reaching that place, that bright place; And when I've crossed to that land, 

D.S.— And when I come to the end 



I Need the Love of my Lord 



=S^2 



lp— ^— W— C- hS-"-^ 



&-&-&- 
d=^ 






T 



u P [j 



in ev-'ry thing that I do, From morning's sunrise till close of the day, of each day. 
and see His beck-on-ing hand, I'll glad-ly en-ter that home thru His grace, thru His grace. 

I want this heav-en-ly friend To greet me yonder inside the bright gate, the bright gate. 
Chorus 



'^^ 



Mf=*F 



3=5=^=5=^ : 



■*ir* *i •'3 '.: t -* 



Need love true, Dove, Keep down 

I need the marvelous love of heaven's wonderful Dove To guide and keep me a-down 




i 



£-=*—*- 






^^s^^^^s 



y 






way, this rough way, Touch hand, strength stand, 

this sin-fulway, I need the touch of His hand to give me courage to stand 



i=£& 



srff=rj 



^AN- 



-a ^ 



^r^,* i fe bg 



-I U 1^ 1/ 



ps^ y pyf ^ j ^^ 



i^=g 



==1= 



-3— 3— ^-n 



H N._|^ 



iilSil 



'41- 



3,~t^t 



^ 



Dark meet day,each dark day; Love guide 

The tri - als dark that I meet each passing day; I need His spir-it to guide 

ps K p> i 



r 



5 



— m — I 1 



£ 



H K~ 



fc=Pfe=«#£ 



£ 



^ s - 



-SFhF 



'l 1 3 ^ 



if 3 !- 3 - 



I 



^=^ 



=3=4 



fcatz ai-jfcL-Alz . 

each tide, Waves dark for me now wait, 

my bark thru ev'ry rough tide, Thru billows, rolling and dark.that surely wait, 






" f 



^P 



No. 124 Bells of Mercy are Ringing 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" Homer F. Morris 




^Sl^ii^Spl^fpP 



1. Bells of God's mer-cy are ring-ing to-day, call -tag us from sin's de- 

2. Deep in the heart of the Fa-ther a - bove mer - cy re - pos - es with 

3. Lift up your heads, ye e - ter-nal gates; might-y in bat - tie, the 



-A- -^--A- 



ja pi pa 



£ 



t: 



S*^t 



$&=$=4 



-y — y — y — y 



i 



S* 



^= J j - p_-M » 



^^3 



" j: " = g— J — a 



f 



^ 5" 






m 



struc-tion a- way, Ten-der-ly, plead-ing-ly peal - tag to na-tions and 
in - fi-nite love, how we grieve Him who gave us the earth with the 
Sav - ior now waits, Mer-cy's sweet bells are still ring - ing and call - ing, Be- 



£=£=£=&: 



^=£= &=£ 




i 



fbp I -M' 



£ 



H&* 



t- 



^s 



^^^m 



^es 



f f f r 



men the sweet mes-sage of love, peace and love; O-ver the thun-der-ing 
fab - u - lous rich-es there-ta, wealth there-in;God gave us pow'r to sub 
pent and re - turn to the Lord,Christ the Lord; Let us re-nounce our de- 

p r jv ' 



^fe^ ^BU!L-g =g 



£ 



t: 



■ . pi 



TOE g=£=£zg EE 



£ 



*= 



-y— y- 



ij&S 



=ft 



=£ 



5 



*F- 



=£ 



3=3 



^^z5: 



-S—^ 



li4- L ^-4-S— ^-^A-^i^Alr^^ S. A.- 



a£*-ar- 



u y y 

tu-mult of wrong comes the sweet music of mercy's glad song, While the bright 
due the whole world, o - ver us heav-en's bright banner unfurled;We have de- 
ception and sin, o - pen the door and the King will come in, Fill-tag our 



gsS=E=£ 



$ 



^±fc±=t= 



$5—% 



*=■ 



^f^rrz 



fe?=d 



r> n 



4=fE 



#=fc£=hW±=di 



3 



;at 



^ 



3= 



~A <a! 



r-B--a i— =3 1 V- m 
— I w — • * — 1_ — P— at 



an - gels look down in com-pas-sion from portals of glo-ry a-bove,far a-bove. 
spoiled its fair beau-ty and wast-ed its wealth in depravement and sin, awful sin. 
world with His won-der-ful peace and prosper-i-ty built on God's word,holy word. 

_*.. A- -*-A- -A_ c m -A- -A-A- „ > J* fW* -Tj. 



:p--p— p— 1 







Bells of Mercy are Rin^in* 

Chorus ft _ _ _ ._ ft 



i« 



^— «- 



-J--^ 



I 



-Al afcJ — <W- 



S- 2 !- 



"tTF" 1 ! 



E^ff 



f5 



b— y 



iE — a^ — i t g — 2 



d=3= 



God's mer-cies now nng-ing, 

Bells of God's mer-cy are ring - ing to - day, 



r, : rr^ 



to wan-d'rers 
call-ing the wan - der-er 



fc R P. 



* 



-W- 



t&F&T: 



m$ 



s=F^=£=* 



Bells 



of 



peace, 



m 



a 



ring-ing, now call 



to 



£=&=£=** 



rt 



^=^5 



artrad 



— 5 "*— ^~ ^— y- *p g— g- 



they're call-ing, - ver the tu-mult of death and of sor-rowthat 
back to love's way, 



33C^= 5 ^— ?-L y P y £=y y_3 

love's way, e-ven 



Ifeip 



£ 



sg 



JL jUl± dSzz^ 



3=* 






£ 






lrtr-tf 



Sfe 



cov-ers the world with black night; Still ringing from 

shadows of night; Still they are ringing from heaven a- 



W^- W^W m 



fc^y--fct=p--tr— U 



£=£ 



£ 



3*H«- 



r- 




Still ring, grace 

**—-*—>*. £ — d J J — h- — t— 



^3 



rrt 



={* 



S 



.aa'-^-a)- 



iHS5 



heav - en, the mes-sage " of mer - cy, 

bove, peal-ing out mes-sag-es filled with God's love, 

■ *!■ M J . fi P P P J. J Pj j P 



Call-ing the 



ttfc* 



V- 



b=# 



***fjps=*=$ 



£ 




prove , and they peal out 



V 
God's 



^ M^ 






love, they are 

ft- Kp>_fi_£ J±-lf=r-^ I. 



na-tionsto turn from sin's darkness and en-ter the kingdom of light. 



-^- -A- -A---A- -A- __-A- -A---A- , P P 



mer-cy and light, 

iv" 



J J 4 



i 



No. 125 



Go Right Out 



SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

A. E. B. in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert E. Brumley 

rs r* i J^ ^ £ 




1. Some-bod - y ought to go and work for Je - sus, So man - y souls are 

2. Go out and lead the wan-d'ring ones to Je - sus, Go out and do your 

3. Some-bod - y ought to tell the won-drous sto - ry, How Je - sus died for 




lost in sin; Some-bod - y ought to tell them of sal - va - tion, 
best to win; Don't stand a-round and let them i - dly wan-der, 
fall - en men; Some-bod - y ought to vol - un - teer for Je - sus, 

£__ = £_Sr__-£-_-S£-__J_ 



g^ 



-A->~ 



i—tr 



:t 



r 



r 






r=w- 



54=i 

•fa— I ri- 



13 



Ought 



to 



§£* 



Some-bod - y ought to go right out and help to 

— hr ^ F» hr^^r- 



£ 



bring them in. 



-A — m 



v- — *• — k 



b=c 



:t^"- 



tElpb 



Chorus 



:£_=jl_£_ — 



^ 



i 



#♦— !♦—(♦- 



: ^=^=^ 



— — ^-1 

Ought to bring them in, 

Some-bod - y ought to go right out and help to Some-bod-y 






\> \> 






ga 



=3= 



_a *• 

1 ^ 



? 



** tt *=H?=F 



Tell a world 

ought to preach sal - va - tion to a 



Go preach it, 



i 



i 



A— A- 






dz 



irt^nr^^TT 



» 



tfc 



:e: 



Go Right Out 



Broth - - er, you can win, 

there is not a doubt a - bout it, And if you 

-m- -m- ,Tp- -w- 1 « 



B^^^^^^^s^ 



^=F 



i 



£ 



i^ 



#iiNNf 



^=83= 



5 

Now's the time to be - gin; 

ain't al - read - y done it now's the Go out and 



Al ▲ AL 



^ 



£ 



:£=£ 



tr — ^- L! 



£==£=*===*=* 



£^ 



tr-ir 



i 



fei4 



e 



y 



SEg 



£=£=*: 



if 



f 

Preach It far and wide, God 

preach the word of Je - sus, preach it Don't ev - er be a "doubting 

4- 4 pi ^izp: ~ x 



i 



±=i 



-P-S»-F 



« 



P=±r_ 



1T-0- 



:*=£ 



w— ■ P- 



tr-D- 



itufc 



£ 



trtrrr 



=« 



3|==J=5f==r 



-=*-£- 



£ 



£ 



y^« cg-T 



2 



will be your guide Be a 

Thomas," God will And you can you can be a pi - lot and a 

-sg- -4- 



PS 



£ 



¥ e E 5 u^u — ^ — f^ 



-^— *■ 



p=p 



^TT 



j — y- 



^— t* 



fefefcfej 



E*J- 







^ 



ist 



-^5=at^ 



bless-ing to men, Bring the wan-d'rers in. 

So brother, go right out and help to bring the 



No. 126 Gonna Rise Up and Make Heaven my Home 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

J. R. Baxter, Jr., sug. E. W. in "Super Specials No. 5" Eugene Wright 






1. When the trump shall sound on that great morning, what a hap-py ju - bi 

2. When we see the King to earth re-turn - ing,saints shall meet Him in the 

3. When the dead shall rise to meet the Mas-ter, it will be the crown-ing 

Vi — T-V-; A — A A r A — A A A A- 

frb4-i» — ^— ^— i »— ^^-— i^— ^—P==P === Fff-f»— ff— ff- ^ 




lee, 
air, 
day, I'm gon-na rise up 



I'm gon-na rise up 



J £JL£1 



and make heav-en my 




and make heaven my home; 
home; 

\* t» rf*. . . ^ * ™ ^ 



"T*- 



I shall have a crown my 

For that bless-ed time my 

hal - le - lu jah; How with love for Him my 




£EjESE ^¥ffi E H i 



ifefefefe^E^ 



-=i— «- 



^=^^rnt 



brow a - dorn-ing, when the Sav - ior's face I see, 
heart is yearn-ing and I hope to see you there, 
heart beats fast - er all a - long the pil - grim way, I'm gon -na rise 



@FMR~H ^— g— g = f=£= 

^•ft £ 2 A A tJk A A IA 1 



f-f (TBTCT 



I'm gon-na rise up and make heav-en my home. 
up and make heaven my home. 

'•-•el b fr K^ 




^^y^ 



A 



Gonna Rise Up and Make Heaven my Home 



^^ 



^^ 



31 



Jll LjLJ l 



g-^JMT r-r-* 



3^33 



I'm gon-na rise up 



I'm gon-na rise up 



and make heav-en my 



a 



5^3": 



"" " A — i*- 1 ^— fe— "^— fr 1 — ^" — A- 



pi 



» 



1 



fcet 



5fe 






3= 



:=]: 



home, And from my dear Lord, 

and make heaven my home, And from my dear Lord I shall 



m 



9- — **— * 



r-i 






m 






lt-t 



B=fc± 



3 P P P P ! 

1 A) AJ Al a! jy 



R— IB- 



^=tt 



£ 



$=5F 



f 



^^^^==3==^ 



ffl=3S»3 



g^ iriHH 



tr? 



I shall nev-er more roam, On some hap-py 

nev - er more roam, Hal - le - lu - jah, 



w 



*JJj*J2jl 



-£- -£■ 



S 



^E£ 



£ 






£=£ 



fUfi- 



! Ad Aj 1 1 — Ai P^r-P- 



S ■ 'J r—d^-d- 



J V* 



day I'm go - ing up high - er where my soul shall sing in heaven's great choir, 

E£ t£k — IA — A — Lb A: — IA — IA — 



-A |A — IA — IA — IA IA — IA — IA — Lb Uk- 



*& 







fT^T* 



I'm gon-na rise up and make heaven my home. 

and make heaven my home. 



A A A jMjg^g^&feg 



te&^JJlSM&. 



I 



-*«w 



f= 



No. 127 

A. E. B. 

ft 



^m 



Rank Strangers to Me 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg, Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert E. Brumley 



=tezts=j=t 



^=S=f5=^=Zf5 



I 



C=fc 



$rr-> 1 H— | **—■ +i— S— *l— 5- L AI— mi AH^ mi- 



1. I wan-dered a - gain to my home in the mountains, . 

2. I searched ev-'ry face for a sign of a loved one, . . . 

3. " They all moved a-way , " . . . said the voice of a stranger, . . , 



- m m ^ 



£=33E3Efc 



1 * " I i-K-l ' L — U ,J - 



^u-u-imz 



tfc=tfc 



^«#™ 







-ffuWP^ : 



Where in youth's early dawn I was hap-py and free, . . 

And I asked ev-'ry one where the old folks could be , . 

"To a beau - ti - ful home by the bright crys-tal sea, " 






trf"( 



-*WWi 



nrn^ 



-sh- 



g g«l § 



trtr 



*jrin;cr* * 



I looked for my friends but I nev - er could find them, .... 

I went down the road to in - quire of some neighbors, .... 

Some beau-ti - ful day I will meet them in heav-en, 



-i — i — i — i — 



-i 1 1 1 1— &> *t mm 

-i — M~t~-H — f — f F- jg~~rTT~ i» r» i» 




-r»- .♦ . ♦-♦-♦-f» ■* _l •* J— 1 



-&- 



1 X"' 

I found they were all rank strangers to 

But found they were, too, rank strangers to 

Where no one will be a stranger to 



fc^e 



b=U-tJ=b=y: 



fee 



Chorus 






z±X~=zzz *— «E 



=£ 



me... ........... Ev-'ry 

me 

me 



^^1^^=?=? 



bod - y I met 



Ev - 'ry - bod - y 



-f*rr- 



■'s-ff— £— ^ 



£e£eeese 



Rank Strangers to Me 



f= T jp- -tj!=] 



"V ' if" 



S 



met 



seemed to be a rank stranger, 



ItHH Hr-^f 



seemed to be a rank stranger, 



--*- 



— t~ t~ i — r 1— -j— • 



«^3=^ 



=zafc 



at 



^Ff=?=FF = 



fc^s 



^ 



-q — £-= 

No moth-er or dad, not a friend could I 

No moth - er or dad, 



&=W- 



-m—m — m — m- 



3*=^: 



£ 



4=-- 



t: 



s S |g 



53 



-U — L> — U : 



t=tfc==fct 



3$ 



&tS 



^=c= 



i=at 



* 



I B feJ I I » i i 



fe 



=^t= 



*=£ 



u u u> u 



see; They knew not my name 

not a friend could I see; They knew not my name 



^^^^^^gttijll 



-fs- 



SI— a— 5 — ^—5-^ — s — 

"•" ~ad" 



^=£ 



£=^E^E 



Ai- ^* *(*- 



and I knew not their f ac - es, 



and I knew not their fac-es, 



1 *• 

1 found they were 



^i^Et^E^Z^^=^^: 



$=t 



"tr— tr 



«Mt^fcf 



^=W^ 



fcfrgjr: 



j gg^g 



3=ft — s — p>= 

» — I f -5—- -J4- 



I 



fr-tr 



r 



2^=2 



=fc 



^ 



all rank strangers to me. 

I found they were all rank strangers to me. 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- I K ft ^ . 






a 



No. 128 Lights In the Dark 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston Sug. M. W. E. in "Super Specials No. 5" Marion W. Easterling 



ii^^^Sii^S^ 



i^i 



-m- w ^" 

1. Walk - ing with Je - sus the Sav -ior, In the straight highway of right; 

2. When we grow wea-ry with fail - ure, Try-ing to gain the high mark; 

3. When we're cast down by our bur-dens, Keeping our eyes on love's spark; 




£*Epi3E=£E£ 






g=tr-» 



trir 



^^^^^^S 






Thru the lone shad - ow - y val - leys, Gleam-ing a - head is the light. 
Lift -ing our hearts to .the Sav -ior, We can see lights in the dark. 
Trust-ing it all to the Mas - ter, He presents lights in the dark. 

P-H ~ „ I L . L — hs- — 1 1 1— 



fell 



i 



s 



6 



§ 



s 



£± 



b=tr- 



lr-tr 



Chorus 



* 



£ 



ft*^ 



-=1 *- 



5=5- 



33 



^=2 



Dark-ness shin - ing 

Lights in the dark of the night from heav-en shine, clear and bright, 

I. J I. . „ Ul 



m 



i 



tfct 



£ 



£ 



- u u b 



Trn> 



3f love on the road, all a - long the road, 
of love on the 

i-Pi JxJ.iJ.JJjJ J J 



S£g=g 



IEEE 



1 



-t=- 



g 



=&=£ 



S=P=^= 



I 



3±* 



^ 



ifc=r=£: 



1 »*: 



Glow-ing path-way 

Their radiance glow all the while to light the path ev - 'ry mile, 



tr 






ov - ijr 111 

Ail 



Lights In the Dark 




IW^n^jjjj 



:f»=£ 



And guide the saints who bear a load, bear a heav - y load; 
saints who bear a 



MmMiMi mi M 



" L*. " 



W* 



£&==*: 



£ 



ESEZ 



^mi^m 






Dark - ness shin - ing 

Lights in the dark of the night for - ev - er shine, clear and bright, 



-i — *_ 



-£- 



_•) ML. 



J^U 



5= 



fc: 



•5-'.U b 



i^^fa^EE^=Ei 



^ 



The Lord will drive the night a - way, 

drive the night a-way,drive the night a - way, 

-A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- -A- t4- 



^^^^^^^B^H^H 



^^ife^^te^E 



$= 



And bring the dawning, of e - ter - nal morn-ing, 

heav-en's dawn, dark-ness gone 



tnr-y 



see *- 



fe^ 



8i 



fe=pr -j^— em — t 



s 



i 



^3 



=t 






He is the light of life and day. 

light of life and of un- end -ing day. 



£ 



S 



j 






:^F=^^F 



s 



No. 129 Lord I've Gotta Know 

SPIRITUAL 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

Mrs.CC. Y. in "Supw Specials No. 5" Mrs. C. C. Yarbrough 




1. A - down the val-ley low wher-ev - er I may go, I pray Thse 

2. When friends for-sake me here and when the way seems drear, I ask Thee 

3. And thru the val - ley low I know I soon must go, I ask Thee 




iliSiiiiill 






aT- -a|_ — *j w ft w 



■$=£ 



j r r 

Je - sus to lead me on, All thru the dark -est night, 

keep me true each day 
safe - ly on; And be Thou ev - er near 



ififel 



f= C-"fe gEB^ 






££=£ 






d=--1~ 1- 



S 



S ^^&g ^fPl^p^ 



dear Sav - ior, be my light, 

a - long the pi] - grim way, Till breaks the bright e - ter - nal 
to com -fort and to cheer, 
-a- -a- -»- 

4="— Pr- 



fe=fe£ 






■l 1 1 1 1 rap* — k nc ac — wk 1 ■ 



Chorus 



: f 



Eg= 

Etzz:£: 



e E r » h i 



£=**: 






L y — y- 



tr*- 



r 

dawn. 

hap - py dawn. Lord I've got - ta know 

JU-4 



Lord I've got - ta know 



tfc 



P^£- 



*=£=? 



£ — i? — (? — 8 



fe^£ 



fcft± 



~T 



t>=£=tJ=±U 



fr-3— X- 



^=^m^ 



^— *- 



Sf 



» 



t=5=6= t B^F^f^ 



r* 



You're ev - 'ry where I go, 
You're ev-'ry where I go, On land or 



Bi 






-tr-cr-tnri" 



Lord I've Gotta Know 



tfcftz 



^ 



*-^J -J-A J^K-t 



£E 



on the foam, 



On land or on the foam, Wher-ev-er 



Wher-ev - er I may roam; 



&fe 



m 



-*- 



flt-KzzSEi :£=£=£ 



5 



£e£ 



■i — i — , ^ 

fc -— [7— fr zq 



R— M — P-H* 



&^3 



-3—*- 



h h h 



fe™W= 



r-^=^ 



-£ m a satx 



f : 



■Vc 



jy^ 



tr-u-p- 



I may roam; And thru the lonesome vale 

And thru the lonesome vale All oth - er 

""•" - h— - 1 *- 



gfeE 



-3— *- 



r f-rr^g 



-tr g v-w- 



j ^ct^e j 



■^i— »- 



P> h 



■g— aJ-3d 



5 -A 



ee 



^ 



r^^ 



^*>-y— y- 



All oth-er friends will fail, Lord I've 

friends will fail, Lord I've got- ta know 



m 



St: 



±z 



£ 



-3— «- 



E£ 



■fr— ^— ,^ 



^ — K- 



V V w 



v U U y i 



:J==b 



5=5 



P 



fa 



-t- 



-* » 



t=^=^=^b^^=^ 



3=^= 



^P 



got -ta know You're ev- 'ry where I go. 

You're ev - 'ry where I go. 



^ 






-j* 1- 



^m 



■t-^r 



m 



Coda 



\r-*—*- 



3tfc 



JU^ 



■*■»! 



s 



-y — v- 






^ 



-^— S — B — m- 



-V—i) — V- 



£= 



I've got-ta know You're ev-'ry where I go. 
Lord I've got - ta know 

-A Mr- -A- -£r- -A- -At -A- -±- -&s i£r- -A A- 



^^*- 



$=&=& 



i* |xz:ts_js_ zJs_is_t— J=— 1= 

^— h~ t— — l-r ^h— hr— h~ h- 



irrf r=r 



ga 



No. 130 



The Sun Will Shine A&ain 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
Luther G. Presley in "Super Specials No. 5" Herbert Craft 




1. Dear pil-grim as youtrav-el on life's jour- ney, Dark shad-ows oft -en 

2. Some-bod-y knows each time your heart is bro- ken, He knows the dan-gers 

3. When days of sor - row cast their som-ber man - tie, It seems your friends have 




^T? 




_j- _j- -«- -JB- „ m . 



will ob-struct your view, But if your trust is ful - ly placed in Je - bub, 
you are pass - ing thru, When on the waves your ship is sad - ly toss - ing, 
all f or-sak - en you, Re - mem-ber how the Sav-ior in the gar - den 



^H^^g^^ 




trtrr-r 



m^mm^^^ 



VI 



Ee-mem-ber He will al-ways care for you; The clouds will soon re- 
This Mas-ter of the o - cean car.es for you; Re - mem-ber we must 
A - lone in sor - row seemed f or-sak- en, too; He knows each time that 



EEs 



§m§ 



« 



v— 2— ft 



M 



$=?- 




=5#td=5='^= 



-rV— +v— fi- 







fleet the rain-bow shin - ing, And then you will have joy you can't ex - plain, 
have our joy and sor- row, Con-sid - er Him, the Lamb for sin-ners slain, 
you are fac - ing dan - ger, The pray 'rs you send to Him are not in vain, 




KJ --*■ -J- u «- v -m- -m- 



Tho skies are drear some one is near who loves you, Do not re-pine the sun will 



=fer£=fe 



«2=£ 



te zjxJi?s_|s: 



^-t, 



*=&=&■ 



g^S 



m 



■?*-«*■ 






r» y. 



-/*— fcr 



I 



The Sun Will Shine Again 



Chorus 



p3gg£^=PM^^P 



shine a - gain. Sil - ver light shin-ing bright 

The sil-ver lin-ing of love is shin-ing, Up -on the 



Btj==- 






I 



f=fe<= *=# 



1 «*: 



-dt 



[7 — I I :: 



=& 



-fv-=i- 



-•r r i ^1^L» Li y V 



jaL^aL. 



3=^ 



^ 



r 



-f 



-+T — I- 1 



On the clouds, dim your view, Grief to-day, 

dark clouds that dim your view, Tho you have sor-row, per-haps to- 



m 



m 



s 



1 ?C 



:*-«==!=-*- 



-n— * 



J=J=J 



s 



■=!—*- 



J^F 



-4- 






J J'* | I J J jy:»- , | >|' *M 



3E 



Cp_ 



fl 



F 



v 'j, ■ w i i — f P L- Li 

trust and pray, Heaven's light will soon break thru; Must have care, 

mor-row, The gold-en light will break thru; We must have loss-es and 



itfc£=£ 



£e£ 



*_n-*- 



3*fc— **=—»«: 



1 — i ) r-4- 



-■»--! — 1 



t=i 



-ff-=l— »- 



s 



4J 



-^— ^J- 



ffi^ 



tr-tr 



-=i— «- 



£#* 



-*-=!— *- 



y 






*i— * 



^1 



u u 



cross-es bear, Mur-mur not or complain 

bear our cross-es, Why should we mur-mur or oftcom-plain? Just look a- 



g£i^a 



_H ML. 

1 »<r 



t 



t=t=: 



1 «s, 



r-t-tr 



£* 



lipiipi^ 



-=i— *- 



=F 






£=£ 



=*=& 



f" 



Look a-bove, trust His love Soon the sun will shine a-gain. 

bove you, trust God to love you, The sun will soon shine a-gain. 



SI 



=t==t==t= 



rr 



I h~ =!,- »- 



t-t"-^ 



t= 



-=»— *- 



££&&££« 



:t: 



f-f 



tt; 



S 



No. 131 



We'll Stand By the Red, White and Blue 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 

in "Super Specials No. 5" Albert £. Brumley 




1. We love the Red, White and Blue, 

2. Cheer for the Eed, White and Blue, 

3. Pray for the Red, White and Blue, 



A 



♦— fe— -— - r J^->-J 



W^~- 



±Z 



E 



We love the things that it 
Cheer for the pride of our 
Pray for our God to pro- 



m 



t=: 



w 



■ft fee fer 

U-F-tr 



3ri • » — w— w -jri 3C — w -atf 



£ 



rzS: 



^3^-- 



iSziS 



stands for, , Long may it live 
na - tion, Cheer for the Stars, 

tect it, Pray for the Red, 



■A- 



free-dom to give To a na - tion so 
cheer for the Stripes, Be read - y to 
pray for the White And pray for its 



m 



-£-X 



- "TV- "IT"" 

E53E 



=t=t= 



J— '■ ^ -m- -»~ 



■^ 



pZZ^L—W^t- 






:t= 



K=S=-P 



e 



ttw 



■13— -U- 



— ttzz 



P=W- 



W V 





-&-I- 



-PV— f- 






-=* — ^ ^ 



i : s- T S»f- 

brave and true; It is the em-blem of love, It is the 

dare and do; It is our faith and our hope, May it pro- 

az - ure hue; Pray that it nev - er shall fall, Hon -or, o- 



-m-w^ 



A— At-S^k-IA P— I £.- — H 



J t^-ft-l- 



& 



\>-\r~ 



si— ^ — s- 



:fc^=£-= -g— g-g-g 



* — ^_^_*U»: 



3=*= 






ban-ner of free-dom 
tect all ere - a - tion 
bey and re - spect it, 



And ev-ryday, let come what may, 

Ev - er - y hour, led by God's pow'r.Wewill 

Keep it un-furled, tell all the world, 

■m- -m- -m- 3— -*- -m- 
h h— rr— 17^ !.— b- 



'tt 



MM*. 



S 



m 



^r^=N=*=te 



pro 



£^«= 



F^T 



^*h L i — t? — tr 



Chorus 



£=^= 



£=* 






stand by the Red, White and Blue. Stand by the 

We will stand by the Red, White and 



We'll Stand By the Red, White and Blue 



^s^=j p^ =j^ ^gEg^lilj 



=r 



t- 



A UZ *i_ I 



r 



Red, White and Blue, Bat • ties for free-dom are thru, 

Blue, Till the bat-ties for free-dom are thru, 



*=t 



fc=^ 



r 



^FOT 



il 



3=1 



j-« , j-* 



=rr*in; — rrrf 



^r 



Fight in our style, 

We will fight all the while in the real A - mer - i - can style For the 



Z$Z*T- 



:*=*: 



It 



d: 



S 



•4-^r 



£ 



s 






iEte 



Flag that we love so true; Pray for "Old Glo - ry" to wave 

flag that we love so true; Let us pray for"01d Glory" to wave 



I 



3& 



^^^^a 



±:=*: 



^-^ 



£=£= 



-*-*- 



3 



=CSZ=CS 



-«l— «f 



^=£- 



rr^T^ 



rt" 



Ev 



Z TV- — T b b s 

o'er the free and the brave, Let it 

er more o'er the free and the brave, Keep it wav-ing so high, 



More 



4="- 



i= 



,*. .A- ,A. jfc. 






«£z*: 



C=s: 



i 



=6=5 



fN 



*=^ 



£— A- 






^^Tm 



V* 



r> h 



w^=T— t — i __^-tA : a— JJ 



let 



fly high Stand by the Eed, White and Blue, 

it ev - er fly And we will stand by the Red, White and Blue. 



m 



w — 

1 N* 



? 



E 



-♦— ^— K- 



1 



as 



i 



No. 132 Going Over Home 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
G. T.S. in "Super Specials No. 5" 6.T. Speer 



M=* 



: F=* 



4=£ 



:^=: 



:sw 



£33 



*=* 



«^ 



U U — ■*■ -) ^ U U " 

1. The Lord. . . has been so good to me, He saved . . and set my spir - it 

2. With all the mil-lions I shall sing glad praise - es to my Lord and 



m= 






5 



j?=== 



£=i 



3=« 



-*- 1 1 -m- I , I i , * 



free, No more in sin I'll roam, no more in sin to roam; He's 
King, My will He doth con - trol, my will He doth con - trol; 



-Bit 1 fe= 1 

nW m M m . — m- 



# -~ 



£=£=# 



SP* 



s 



£s 




p^ii3fpg|piliiii 



gone myman-sionto pre-pare and I shall meet Him o - ver 

won't you come and go a -long and sing.. . with me the vie -fry 



«=£fe=t^&&^- 



jj^^*£^^_^: 



±t-t2=tr-=b=tf=^=tf=b: 



4=--1=--£-4r- 
-i — i — f — i — 



■F-PL 



1T-U- 



?=*=* 



^H 



^ 



3=3 



r *i 



tSJ— 



: ?-F-?-M 



there, For I am 
song, While end - less 



1 Z Z "5 

go - ing home, for I am go - ing home 
a - ges roll, while end - less a- ges roll. 



S_JL<*-JL 




Go -ing o - ver home, go -ing o- ver no more to roam, To 
Go - - ing home 

^ -■- -^ — » i —-* •-»- jf i-i j .,-■■., — 



ta=e 



n 



fit* 



t: 



it 



I'm go 



ing home 



no more to roam, To 



Going Over Home 




i r i i 



join the song of praise with the prophets, of old walk streets gold; 
sing with saints we'll the of 



sing 



with saints 



of old; 



C^=^z 



&£* 



fe^ 



3§lg 



_N 



:fc5: 



-^--v 



-n-F 



p 



4=?= 



Have a ju - bi - lee, hap-py ju - bi - lee, glad and free While 
Hap - py, hap - py, 






^%-f- hP 



=i — =1 — - 



^ 



We'll have 



a hap 



py ju - bi - lee While 




S^iiiil 



end-less a - ges roll, end-less a - ges shall roll,while end-less a-ges roll. 

zz: : — _ — :tz_«i_ — . T—r*. — *-£H— *- 



S 



1 



¥fcp± 



P 



less a 



end 



ges roll. 



Coda 



_z_j=2i_sj_^. 



ia 






r==* 



=t 



-^i- 
"S^- 



< I'm go-ing home, I'm go - ing home, I'm go-ing home to die no more; ) 
\ To die no more, to die no more, I'm go-ing home to die no more. ) 



^ig g f ^g ggaig^iEi 



_sn ^ 



No. 133 



S.J.F. 



I'll Shout Malieiu 

Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 



in "Super Specials No. 5" 



^ 



Sue Jeane Ford 



S^p^i^i^l^^p 




b — -- -* U' 

1. My Sav-ior found me one day and rolled my burdens a - way, Now I am 

2. I'm gon-na shout and I'll sing and praise my won-der-ful King, When I have 

3. It will not be ver - y long till I shall join heav-en's song.And near the 




ttE^^^E 



trr-cr-cr-Cr-cr-Er 




hap - py, re - joic - ing in His love; 
en - tered the prom-ised glo - ry land; 
great throne see Je - bus face to face; 



He cleansed me 
There I shall 
While end - less 



£=£ 



£=£ 



m^ 



--U-- 



- S HS- 



fcz^i 




_& — £ — p^- 






from guilt and sin and gave me sweet peace with-in, And show the bright road to 
see all my friends, when this short journey here ends, And share the joys our dear 
a - ges roll on, with pain and sor-row all gone, I'll dwell with Him in that 



g£ 



- 1- r- 1- 1- 



--?--^--r- K r ^r 



t=fc 



^ 



^=r^^-p 



-t — i- 



Ul U y y y y 



Chorus 



At — L - 



5 



i^§ 



p^ 



-be 



r" ft r jtt*> 



Hal - le - lu! 



heav-en a - bove, that home a - bove. 

Sav-ior has planned, our Sav - ior planned. 

hap -py home place, that hap - py place. I'll be hap-py, shout 




ST* 

prais-es new, Died for me, 

with the an - gels sing To Je - bus, who from bond-age 

1 ^ 



m 



ff ] i F ix 



m 



i± 



i*-b 



EE 



-=*—*- 



±z=t2=y-_ 



_k._K 



k W 



i^^n 



I'll Shout Mallelu 

__j_ft ft 



-=!—«- 



c -e 'gT^^^Ht g 'ir J^ nr 



■a — ■ — J~ 



1 



He 



U * u 

set me free; Crown our King, trophies bring, 

We'll crown our King, our trophies bring, 

■m- -p- -F- 



s^ 



-=1— * — 



F ■,-;•• uTff- 



y u> 






hi r> h J ft r» i 

-±a -• l» I 



HHi- 



a— h — . Hr * 1 



And 



All down at His feet, down at His feet; 
lay them all down at His feet; Shouthal-Ie- 

1.x 



fe^- *T f ^ ff^l^ ^^ 



Sp^^ j 5 



~i — h— h 



-=»— *- 



»E3 



2 — *3— 3- 



Hal - le - lul voic - es true, Sor-row gone, 

lu, with voic-es true, All sor-row gone, 



>id2^: 



m 



IS 



£e^=e£ 



ffi± 



^£= 



3* 



:dfe 



F^: 



1 



^1-J^P- 



E^— x- 



3=3 



■=»—*- 



5=3=3=5=*: 



we'll sing on, Bright ar - ray, 

sing on and on, In bright ar- ray, thru end-less 



-**— X- 



XJ1 



J 



-3— £- 



fetyy 



^-1^1 



-m—m- 



^j-^-v 



m 



-A — A- 



£*==, 



V ^— £ — y- 



P5 



V V 



£e* 



* — 



=i=p=ft 



tedfefeE 



± 



^ 



££=3 



fc^tti 



«^ 



gSE!^ 



*t=* 



^r^ 



end-less day, Peace and joy com-plete. 

day, For - ev - er peace and joy com - plete,our joy com-plete. 



J.vV 



*— *- 



jS^,jP n j.jhfjbjji 



1 



^^Ei^e 



r— r 



rr 



f 



No. 134 



I See the Rainbow Shining 



Copyright, 1942, by Stamps-Baxter Music & Ptg. Co. 
B. B. Edmiaston in "Super Specials No. 5" Eugene Wright 




A - : 1 



-asl- 



-&- -«- ~m- 



-*=%. 



^'^ 



1. I have a precious Friend who's leading me on, In ev - 'ry test and 

2. When fondest hopes are crushed and treasures depart, When friends deceive and 

3. No mat -ter what my loss-es, trou-bles or cares, This Friend will help me 



s 



!=£=£: 



-4T=t=lt=P 



:|= 



mm 






fen 



— - 1- 1 h, — H-J 1- 



=£: 



=JS 



y 



ll~ »L l i -^ : 



f 



3 2 i 






E 



-zH 



tri - al I share His love; When clouds come rolling o'er and sun-light is gone, 
for - tune pass - es me by, I go to Je - sus and He comforts my heart, 
and will un - der-stand why; He's al-ways near me, ev - 'ry burden He shares. 



^^^m 




H * z £ b u f 



He shows to me the rainbow shin-ing a - bove. 

Shows me the rainbow shining up in the sky. I see the rain-bow shining 

Shows me the rainbow shining up in the sky. 

tr— h- \7 I - L , I- — hr-i-i* 1 ^ «J-r ♦H+J— ♦— — ff 



£ 



-A l£c — uk 



=£ 



:U=t=F^ 



■V — b> — fc 



it 



1 b— zs- 



=^#± 



^i ^pf|^j 



5f 



-g— gg 



r^f^t-R, 



Up in the sky, Promise e - ter-nal that the storms will pass by; 



-fit- -■ 



When un-der 






-A -A 1- 



i 



i 



3— *- 



-»—(*■ 



H f^ — 



F* a hh aI ^1 — zsf- 



My heart is bowed, I see the rainbow shining right thru the cloud. 
heav-y sor-row 

P J**P&J} -PL _fl J*- -e>- -». -+- -m- -*- fL £z .*. £l-£- 



T— 1 



:p 



it 






1 



INDEX 

(Super Specials No. 5) 



A Beautiful Home 4 

A Wonderful Savior is He 62 

A Wonderful Time in Glory 14 

Across the River 67 

All My Troubles Will Be Over 9 

An Unseen Hand 45 

Bells of Mercy are Ringing 124 

Better Get Ready 26 

Better Get to Praying 47 

Blue Heaven 35 

Bread On the Waters 19 

Brighter, Lighter - 44 

Coming Home to Thee 18 

Christmas Song .. 85 

Deeper, Deeper, Deeper 68 

Dipped in the River of Love 42 

Dixie Land's the Place for Me 115 

Do You Help Others? 00 

Do You Know? 79 

Do Your Part 87 

Don't Let Old Satan In 48 

Dreaming Of the White City 100 

Drifting Away 13 

Echoes From the Valley 74 

Ev'ry Day That I Live 117 

Follow Me 39 

For the Boys in the Service 22 

Forgive 40 

Get In Tune with Heaven Now 70 

Go Right Out 125 

God is Love 91 

God's Rainbow In the Sky 2 

Going Over Home 132 

Going to Glory 55 

Gonna Rise Up and Make Heaven....l26 

Hallelujah, Praise God Today 12 

Happy On the Pilgrim Way 53 

He Paid the Debt 65 

He Will Send An Angel With You..l08 

He's My Lord ~ 52 

He's Singing Up There 82 

Hear Him Today 25 

Help Me Make Ready to Go 50 

I am Going O'er 72 

I Am Going to that Land 8 

I Am Going Up to Heaven 10 

I Am Gonna Take a Journey 116 

I am Moving On 46 

I Am Sailing Along 119 

I Have a Home Across the River....H4 

I Have Pitched My Tent by the 38 

I Love the Memory of my Home 122 

I Must Not Fail to Go 121 

I Need the Love of my Lord 123 

I See the Rainbow Shining 134 

I'll Be Gone 1 

I'll Shout Hallelu 133 

I'll Soon Take a Trip 6 

I'm Gonna Rise and Shine Ill 

I'm Nearing my Home 63 

I'm Not Ashamed 80 

I'm On the Glory Way 75 

I'm Shouting Hallelujah 96 

I'm Glad He Set Me Free 61 

I'm Stepping Along 7 

It Reminds Me 99 

It's a Cruel Old World 118 

I've Just a Little While 92 

I've Purposed in my Heart 37 



Jesus Is Calling _ _ 23 

Jesus is Waiting for Me 49 

Jesus Needs Your Best 82 

Jesus Walks with Me 94 

Jesus Will Carry You Thru 3 

Just a Veil Between 17 

Just Sing a Song 33 

Keep On Giving Out the Story 104 

Keep the Home Fires Burning 41 

Let Me be One with Thee 101 

Let Me Hear Again the Story 24 

Life's Journey 31 

Lights In the Dark 128 

Living in Glory 88 

Lonesome Valley 64 

Look for Tomorrow 43 

Lost Forever 27 

Lost In the Darkness 51 

Love That is Perfect 60 

Love's Flowers Bloom 102 

Love's Sweet Old Song 112 

Mem'ries of Loved Ones 77 

My Prayer 83 

O Holy Star 30 

O Lord I've Gotta Know 129 

O My Lord What Shall I Do? 73 

O Praise His Name He Lifted Me.. 34 
O Praise the Love _... 21 

Press Along to Victory 54 

Promised Land 89 

Rank Strangers to Me 127 

Sails of Sunset 98 

Send a Band of Angels for Me 109 

Sowing Day by Day 95 

Star of Hope Shine On 107 

Sunrise Is Coming 5 

Take Care of Me 93 

That Tumbled-Down Cabin of MincllO 

The Bridegroom Is Coming 56 

The Cleansing Blood 76 

The Darkest Day 59 

The Harvest of the Lord 90 

The Lord Is His Name 57 

The Narrow Way 97 

The Old Gospel Ship 1-A 

The Sinner's Plea 120 

The Star of Hope 106 

The Story of the Cross 105 

The Sun Will Shine Again 130 

The Sweetest Gift 11 

There Is No Friend Like Jesus 103 

'Twas Only a Dream 28 

Waiting for the Victory 69 

We'll Shake Hands Again 86 

We'll Stand By the Red, White and..l31 

What a Joy is Mine 113 

What Shall I Do? 16 

When His Grace Fell All Around.... 36 

When Our Lord Descends 66 

When the Books Shall All be 29 

When the Sun Refused to Shine.... 15 

When We Get Home 20 

Where the Day Never Dies 78 

Will He Be Ashamed of Me? 81 

Will I See my Friends up There?.. 71 

Wonderful Home in Glory 84 

Won't You Come? 58